Suresh Joshi - User contributions [en]

MediaWiki:Common.css

2021-10-13T16:48:46Z

Jayprakash12345:

@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Normal.ttf");
}
@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Bold.ttf");
font-weight: bold;
}
@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Italic.ttf");
font-style: italic;
}

body {
font-family: Ekatra;
}

#bodyContent{
font-size: 20px;
}

#p-logo-text {
display: flex;
align-items: center;
}

#footer-places, #ca-viewsource, #ca-talk {
display: none;
}

#p-banner {
overflow: hidden;
white-space: nowrap;
}

#mw-content-container {
background-image: none;
}

MediaWiki:Common.css

2021-10-13T16:47:51Z

Jayprakash12345: Undo revision 218 by Jayprakash12345 (talk)

@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Normal.ttf");
}
@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Bold.ttf");
font-weight: bold;
}
@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Italic.ttf");
font-style: italic;
}

body {
font-family: Ekatra;
}

#bodyContent{
font-size: 18px;
}

#p-logo-text {
display: flex;
align-items: center;
}

#footer-places, #ca-viewsource, #ca-talk {
display: none;
}

#p-banner {
overflow: hidden;
white-space: nowrap;
}

#mw-content-container {
background-image: none;
}

MediaWiki:Common.css

2021-10-13T16:46:53Z

Jayprakash12345:

User:Jayprakash12345/Sandbox

2021-09-27T14:29:15Z

Jayprakash12345:

{|
|+ Caption text
|-
! Header text !! Header text !! Header text
|-
| Example || Example || Example
|-
| Example || Example || Example
|-
| Example || Example || Example
|}

User:Jayprakash12345/Sandbox

2021-09-27T14:29:04Z

Jayprakash12345: Created page with "{| class="wikitable" |+ Caption text |- ! Header text !! Header text !! Header text |- | Example || Example || Example |- | Example || Example || Example |- | Example || Examp..."

{| class="wikitable"
|+ Caption text
|-
! Header text !! Header text !! Header text
|-
| Example || Example || Example
|-
| Example || Example || Example
|-
| Example || Example || Example
|}

MediaWiki:Common.css

2021-09-27T13:31:06Z

Jayprakash12345:

@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Normal.ttf");
}
@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Bold.ttf");
font-weight: bold;
}
@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Italic.ttf");
font-style: italic;
}

body {
font-family: Ekatra;
}

#bodyContent{
font-size: 18px;
}

#p-logo-text {
display: flex;
align-items: center;
}

#footer-places, #ca-viewsource, #ca-talk {
display: none;
}

#p-banner {
overflow: hidden;
white-space: nowrap;
}

#mw-content-container {
background-image: none;
}

MediaWiki:Common.css

2021-09-27T13:30:23Z

Jayprakash12345:

MediaWiki:Common.css

2021-09-27T13:27:42Z

Jayprakash12345:

@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Normal.ttf");
}
@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Bold.ttf");
font-weight: bold;
}
@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Italic.ttf");
font-style: italic;
}

body {
font-family: Ekatra;
font-size: 17px;
}

#p-logo-text {
display: flex;
align-items: center;
}

#footer-places, #ca-viewsource, #ca-talk {
display: none;
}

#p-banner {
overflow: hidden;
white-space: nowrap;
}

#mw-content-container {
background-image: none;
}

MediaWiki:Common.css

2021-09-27T13:25:31Z

Jayprakash12345:

@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Normal.ttf");
}
@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Bold.ttf");
font-weight: bold;
}
@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Italic.ttf");
font-style: italic;
}

body {
font-family: Ekatra;
font-size: 18px;
}

#p-logo-text {
display: flex;
align-items: center;
}

#footer-places, #ca-viewsource, #ca-talk {
display: none;
}

#p-banner {
overflow: hidden;
white-space: nowrap;
}

#mw-content-container {
background-image: none;
}

MediaWiki:Common.js

2021-09-27T13:24:32Z

Jayprakash12345:

/* Any JavaScript here will be loaded for all users on every page load. */
$( function(){

if( mw.config.get('wgIsMainPage') ){
$('#firstHeading').remove();
$('#ca-nstab-main').hide();
}

if( mw.config.get('wgUserName') === null ){
$('body').bind('cut copy', function(e) {
e.preventDefault();
});
} else {
$("#content").removeAttr("onmousedown");
$("#content").removeAttr("onselectstart");
}
});

$( function(){

var countPoem2 = $(".Poem2-Ekatra");

if( countPoem2.length > 0 ){

var Poem2lenghtArray = [];
for (var k = 0; k <= countPoem2.length; k++) {
Poem2lenghtArray.push(k);
}

Poem2lenghtArray.forEach(function(j) {

var poemElement = $(".Poem2-Ekatra").eq(j);

if( poemElement.length ){
var poemText = poemElement.html();

var poemArray = poemText.split("\n");

poemElement.text("");

// First measure
poemArray.forEach( function(i) {
poemElement.append( '<p style="text-indent: 2em;">' + i + '</p>' );
});

// Second measure
poemElement.children('p').each(function () {
$(this).css('text-indent', '2em');
});
}

});
}

});

MediaWiki:Common.css

2021-09-27T13:00:17Z

Jayprakash12345:

@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Normal.ttf");
}
@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Bold.ttf");
font-weight: bold;
}
@font-face {
font-family: "Ekatra";
src: url("https://sureshjoshi.org/fonts/Ekatra-Italic.ttf");
font-style: italic;
}

body {
font-family: Ekatra;
font-size: 20px;
}

#p-logo-text {
display: flex;
align-items: center;
}

#footer-places, #ca-viewsource, #ca-talk {
display: none;
}

#p-banner {
overflow: hidden;
white-space: nowrap;
}

#mw-content-container {
background-image: none;
}

Widget:Vimeo

2021-09-26T16:33:30Z

Jayprakash12345:

<includeonly><iframe allowfullscreen="" height="" src="//player.vimeo.com/video/?title=0&byline=0&portrait=0" webkitallowfullscreen="" width="" style="border: none"></iframe></includeonly>
<noinclude>
== Usage ==
<pre>
{{#widget:Vimeo|id=8758454}}
</pre>

Output:-
{{#widget:Vimeo|id=8758454}}
</noinclude>

Widget:Vimeo

2021-09-26T16:32:30Z

Jayprakash12345:

Widget:Vimeo

2021-09-26T16:31:27Z

Jayprakash12345: Created page with "<includeonly><iframe allowfullscreen="" height="" src="//player.vimeo.com/video/?title=0&byline=..."

Module:String

2021-09-26T15:44:22Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

--[[

This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions.

Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters,
unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will
automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter.
Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or
remove such whitespace.

Global options
ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in
an empty string being returned rather than an error message.

error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to
include with the error message. The default category is
[Category:Errors reported by Module String].

no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error
is generated.

Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests.
]]

local str = {}

--[[
len

This function returns the length of the target string.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}}

Parameters
s: The string whose length to report

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from the target string.
]]
function str.len( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} )
local s = new_args['s'] or ''
return mw.ustring.len( s )
end

--[[
sub

This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}}

Parameters
s: The string to return a subset of
i: The fist index of the substring to return, defaults to 1.
j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character.

The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j
is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by
counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as
selecting the last character of the string.

If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is
reported.
]]
function str.sub( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } )
local s = new_args['s'] or ''
local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1
local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1

local len = mw.ustring.len( s )

-- Convert negatives for range checking
if i < 0 then
i = len + i + 1
end
if j < 0 then
j = len + j + 1
end

if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then
return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' )
end
if j < i then
return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' )
end

return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j )
end

--[[
This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order
to maintain these older templates.
]]
function str.sublength( frame )
local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0
local len = tonumber( frame.args.len )
return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) )
end

--[[
_match

This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a
specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules

Usage:
strmatch = require("Module:String")._match
sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch )

Parameters
s: The string to search
pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string
start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first
character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1.
match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single
string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is
match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned
counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting
the last match. Defaults to 1.
plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain
text. Defaults to false.
nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error.

For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see:

* http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns

]]
-- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules
function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch )
if s == '' then
return str._error( 'Target string is empty' )
end
if pattern == '' then
return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' )
end
start = tonumber(start) or 1
if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then
return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' )
end
if match_index == 0 then
return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' )
end
if plain_flag then
pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern )
end

local result
if match_index == 1 then
-- Find first match is simple case
result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start )
else
if start > 1 then
s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start )
end

local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern)
if match_index > 0 then
-- Forward search
for w in iterator do
match_index = match_index - 1
if match_index == 0 then
result = w
break
end
end
else
-- Reverse search
local result_table = {}
local count = 1
for w in iterator do
result_table[count] = w
count = count + 1
end

result = result_table[ count + match_index ]
end
end

if result == nil then
if nomatch == nil then
return str._error( 'Match not found' )
else
return nomatch
end
else
return result
end
end

--[[
match

This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a
specified pattern.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index
|match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}}

Parameters
s: The string to search
pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string
start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first
character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1.
match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single
string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is
match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned
counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting
the last match. Defaults to 1.
plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain
text. Defaults to false.
nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error.

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.

If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then
this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found.
If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and
an empty string will be returned on any failure.

For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see:

* http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns

]]
-- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match
function str.match( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} )
local s = new_args['s'] or ''
local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1
local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false )
local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or ''
local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 )
local nomatch = new_args['nomatch']

return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch )
end

--[[
pos

This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}}

Parameters
target: The string to search
pos: The index for the character to return

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.

The first character has an index value of 1.

If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards
from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character.

A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error.
]]
function str.pos( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} )
local target_str = new_args['target'] or ''
local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0

if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then
return str._error( 'String index out of range' )
end

return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos )
end

--[[
str_find

This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks.
This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for
new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead.

Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based,
and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source".

Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a
value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for
separatetly.
]]
function str.str_find( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} )
local source_str = new_args['source'] or ''
local target_str = new_args['target'] or ''

if target_str == '' then
return 1
end

local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true )
if start == nil then
start = -1
end

return start
end

--[[
find

This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another
string.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}}

Parameters
source: The string to search
target: The string or pattern to find within source
start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1
plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain
text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.

This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found
within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this
function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this
function also returns 0.

This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings.
]]
function str.find( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } )
local source_str = new_args['source'] or ''
local pattern = new_args['target'] or ''
local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1
local plain = new_args['plain'] or true

if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then
return 0
end

plain = str._getBoolean( plain )

local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain )
if start == nil then
start = 0
end

return start
end

--[[
replace

This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another
string.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string|
count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}}

Parameters
source: The string to search
pattern: The string or pattern to find within source
replace: The replacement text
count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all.
plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain
text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true
]]
function str.replace( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } )
local source_str = new_args['source'] or ''
local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or ''
local replace = new_args['replace'] or ''
local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] )
local plain = new_args['plain'] or true

if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then
return source_str
end
plain = str._getBoolean( plain )

if plain then
pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern )
replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences.
end

local result

if count ~= nil then
result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count )
else
result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace )
end

return result
end

--[[
simple function to pipe string.rep to templates.
]]
function str.rep( frame )
local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] )
if not repetitions then
return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' )
end
return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions )
end

--[[
escapePattern

This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1]
for details on how patterns work.

[1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}}

Parameters
pattern_string: The pattern string to escape.
]]
function str.escapePattern( frame )
local pattern_str = frame.args[1]
if not pattern_str then
return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' )
end
local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str )
return result
end

--[[
count
This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another.
]]
function str.count(frame)
local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'})
local source = args.source or ''
local pattern = args.pattern or ''
local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true)
if plain then
pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern)
end
local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '')
return count
end

--[[
endswith
This function determines whether a string ends with another string.
]]
function str.endswith(frame)
local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'})
local source = args.source or ''
local pattern = args.pattern or ''
if pattern == '' then
-- All strings end with the empty string.
return "yes"
end
if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then
return "yes"
else
return ""
end
end

--[[
join

Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator.
Usage:
{{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}}
]]
function str.join(frame)
local args = {}
local sep
for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do
if sep then
if v ~= '' then
table.insert(args, v)
end
else
sep = v
end
end
return table.concat( args, sep or '' )
end

--[[
Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of
named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not
identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings
we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application.
]]
function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list )
local new_args = {}
local index = 1
local value

for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do
value = frame_args[arg]
if value == nil then
value = frame_args[index]
index = index + 1
end
new_args[arg] = value
end

return new_args
end

--[[
Helper function to handle error messages.
]]
function str._error( error_str )
local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'Errors reported by Module String'
local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false
local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false

if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then
return ''
end

local error_str = '<strong class="error">String Module Error: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>'
if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then
error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str
end

return error_str
end

--[[
Helper Function to interpret boolean strings
]]
function str._getBoolean( boolean_str )
local boolean_value

if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then
boolean_str = boolean_str:lower()
if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0'
or boolean_str == '' then
boolean_value = false
else
boolean_value = true
end
elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then
boolean_value = boolean_str
else
error( 'No boolean value found' )
end
return boolean_value
end

--[[
Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated
as plain text.
]]
function str._escapePattern( pattern_str )
return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, "([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])", "%%%1" )
end

return str

Module:Row numbers

2021-09-26T15:44:22Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

require('Module:No globals');

local count;
local hcount;

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O U N T >------------------------------------------------------------

returns a counter value according to the keyword extracted from the table; maintains count and hcount. Inserts
a space character ahead of <count> or <hcount> so that, in the case of negative indexes, the negation operator
is not mistaken for part of the wikitable markup. Returns:
| -<count> – a cell value
instead of:
|-<count> – row markup with extraneous text

The keywords have the meanings:
_row_count: use row counter value (count); the hold counter (hcount) is same as count
_row_count_hold: use the value currently assigned to hcount; bump count but do not bump hcount

]]

local function get_count (keyword)
count = count + 1; -- always bump the count
if '_row_count' == keyword then -- bump hcount, return new count value
hcount = count;
return ' ' .. count; -- insert a leading space ahead of count
elseif '_row_count_hold' == keyword then -- current hcount value without increment
return ' ' .. hcount; -- insert a leading space ahead of hcount
end
end

--[[--------------------------< R O W _ N U M B E R S >--------------------------------------------------------

replaces keywords _row_count and _row_count_hold from the table in frame.args[1]

]]

local function row_numbers (frame)
if not frame.args[1]:match ('^%s*\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-nowiki%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-QINU[^\127]*\127%s*$') then -- make sure that what we get for input has been wrapped in <nowiki>...</nowiki> tags
return '<span style=\"font-size:100%; font-style:normal;\" class=\"error\">error: missing nowiki tags</span>';
end

count = (frame.args.index and frame.args.index:match ('^%d+$') or 1) - 1; -- only if a number; |index= may be omitted (nil), or empty string, or non-digit; initial value is 0

local tbl_str = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (frame.args[1]); -- get the table from the nowiki tags passed as arguments

tbl_str = tbl_str:gsub ('<', '<'); -- undo <nowiki>'s escaping of the wikitext
tbl_str = tbl_str:gsub ('>', '>'); -- (mw.text.decode (tbl_str); is too aggressive)

return frame:preprocess (tbl_str:gsub('_row_count[_%w]*', get_count)); -- if there is at least one of our special reserved words, replace it with a count
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {
row_numbers = row_numbers
}

Module:Yesno

2021-09-26T15:44:21Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

-- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input.
-- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}.

return function (val, default)
-- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you
-- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the
-- following line.
val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val
if val == nil then
return nil
elseif val == true
or val == 'yes'
or val == 'y'
or val == 'true'
or val == 't'
or val == 'on'
or tonumber(val) == 1
then
return true
elseif val == false
or val == 'no'
or val == 'n'
or val == 'false'
or val == 'f'
or val == 'off'
or tonumber(val) == 0
then
return false
else
return default
end
end

Module:Header

2021-09-26T15:44:21Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

--[=[
This is a module to implement logic for the {{header}} template

It doesn't do everything yet, but over time it can accrete functions from
the template, which will become simpler and simpler until it's just an invoke.

Not implemented yet:
* Categories (deprecated anyway)
* Subpage checking
]=]

local p = {} --p stands for package

local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs

-- get the param_override or param parameter in that order
-- nil if neither is there
function get_arg_or_override(args, param)
if args["override_" .. param] then
return args["override_" .. param]
elseif args[param] then
return args[param]
end

return nil
end

-- return true if any value in list is nil in args
-- (nil means not present; empty string is not nil)
function any_arg_nil(args, list)
for k,v in pairs(list) do
if args[v] == nil then
return true
end
end
return false
end

-- return true if any value in list is not nil or empty in args
-- (nil means not present; empty string is not nil)
function has_any_arg(args, list)
for k,v in pairs(list) do
if args[v] ~= nil and args[v] ~= "" then
return true
end
end
return false
end

--[=[
Construct a warning if required parameters are missing
]=]
function p.missing_params_error(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame, {
removeBlanks = false
})

local s = ""

local required_args = {'title', 'section', 'author', 'previous', 'next', 'notes'}
if any_arg_nil(args, required_args) then
local error_div = mw.html.create("div")
:css({['margin-right'] = 'auto',
['margin-left'] = 'auto',
['border-top'] = '1px solid #CCC',
['border-right'] = '1px solid #CCC',
['border-bottom'] = '1px hidden transparent',
['border-left'] = '1px solid #CCC',
['text-align'] = 'center'
})

error_div:tag("span")
:addClass("error")
:css({
['font-size'] = "90%",
['font-weight'] = "bold",
})
:wikitext("Template error: please do not remove empty parameters (see the [[WS:STYLE#Templates|style guide]] and [[Template:Header#documentation|template documentation]]).")

s = tostring(error_div)

-- categorise only in mainspace
if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == 0 then
s = s .. "[[Category:Headers missing parameters]]"
end
end
return s
end

-- Place each value from a table of IDs:values into the given parent element
function append_mf_values(parent, values)
for k,v in pairs(values) do
parent:tag("span")
:attr("id", k)
:wikitext(v)
end
end

-- Create the Microformat wrapper div
function construct_mf_wrapper(args)
local mf_div = mw.html.create("div")
mf_div:addClass("ws-noexport")
:attr("id", "ws-data")
:css({
speak = "none"
})

-- hide the microformat unless it's overriden
if not (args["show_microformat"] and yesno(args['show_microformat'])) then
mf_div:css("display", "none")
end
return mf_div
end

-- Collect all the values of microformat data from the arguments provided
-- Returns a table of microformat ID:contents.
function collect_mf_data(args)
-- collect the MF values here
local mf = {};

mf["ws-article-id"] = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().id

-- add the title
if args["title"] then
mf["ws-title"] = args['title']

-- append section if there is one
if args["section"] then
mf["ws-title"] = mf["ws-title"] .. " — " .. args["section"]
end
end

local author = get_arg_or_override(args, "contributor")
if not author then
author = get_arg_or_override(args, "section_author")
end
if not author then
author = get_arg_or_override(args, "author")
end
if author then
mf['ws-author'] = author
end

local translator = get_arg_or_override(args, "translator")
if translator then
mf['ws-translator'] = translator
end

local year = get_arg_or_override(args, "year")
if year then
mf['ws-year'] = year
end

if args['cover'] then
mf['ws-cover'] = args['cover']
end

return mf
end

--[=[
Construct the [[Help:Microformat]] for the page.

This is in the form:
<div id="ws-data" ...>
<span id="ws-title">Title here...</span>
...
<div>
]=]
function p.microformat(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame)

local mf_div = construct_mf_wrapper(args)
local mf = collect_mf_data(args)

append_mf_values(mf_div, mf)
return tostring(mf_div)
end

function make_category_list(categories)
local s = ""
for k,v in pairs(categories) do
s = s .. "[[Category:" .. v .. "]]\n"
end
return s
end

--[=[
Detect illegal formatting in fields like "section" and "title"
]=]
function illegal_formatting(str)
return string.match(str, "'''?")
or string.match(str, "<%s*/?%s*[iIbB]%s*>")
-- add more cases here
end

function check_non_existent_author_pages(args, param, categories)

if args[param] then
-- some pages expect an invalid author
local special = false
local lower_arg = string.lower(args[param])
if lower_arg == "unknown" or lower_arg == "not mentioned" then
special = true
end

if not special then
local target = mw.title.makeTitle("Author", args[param])
-- expensive function!
if not target.exists then
table.insert(categories, "Works with non-existent author pages")
end
end
end
end

--[=[
Construct the automatic categories for the header
]=]
function p.categories(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame)

local categories = {}
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();

if args["override_author"] then
table.insert(categories, "Pages with override author")
end

if this_page:inNamespaces(0, 114) then
check_non_existent_author_pages(args, "author", categories)
check_non_existent_author_pages(args, "editor", categories)
check_non_existent_author_pages(args, "translator", categories)
check_non_existent_author_pages(args, "section_translator", categories)
check_non_existent_author_pages(args, "section_author", categories)
check_non_existent_author_pages(args, "contributor", categories)
end

if args["contributor"] or args["section_author"] then
table.insert(categories, "Pages with contributor")
end

if args["override_contributor"] or args["override_section_author"] then
table.insert(categories, "Pages with override contributor")
end

local author = get_arg_or_override(args, "author")
if author and (string.lower(author) == "unknown") then
table.insert(categories, "Anonymous texts")
end

local editor = get_arg_or_override(args, "editor")
if editor then
editor = string.lower(editor)
if editor == "unknown" or editor == "?" then
table.insert(categories, "Works with unknown editors")
elseif editor == "not mentioned" then
table.insert(categories, "Works with unmentioned editors")
end
end

local translator = get_arg_or_override(args, "translator")
if translator then
translator = string.lower(translator)
if translator == "unknown" or translator == "not mentioned" or translator == "?" then
table.insert(categories, "Translations without translator information specified")
elseif translator == "wikisource" and (this_page.baseText == this_page.text) then
-- if a basepage
-- ?? why is this not done by {{translation}} ??
table.insert(categories, "Wikisource translations")
end
end

if args["shortcut"] then
table.insert(categories, "Mainspace pages with shortcuts")
end

if args["override_year"] then
table.insert(categories, "pages with override year")
end
if args["noyear"] then
table.insert(categories, "pages with noyear")
end
if args["noyearcat"] then
table.insert(categories, "pages with noyearcat")
end

if args["cover"] then
table.insert(categories, "Pages with an export cover")
end

-- sanity/maintenance checks on various parameters

-- allow_illegal_formatting parameter suppresses this check
-- used by, for example, [[Template:Versions]]
if args["allow_illegal_formatting"] == nil then

if args["title"] and illegal_formatting(args['title']) then
table.insert(categories, "pages with illegal formatting in header fields")
end

if args["section"] and illegal_formatting(args['section']) then
table.insert(categories, "pages with illegal formatting in header fields")
end
end

return make_category_list(categories)
end

function get_plain_sister(frame, args, sister_args)
local ps_args = {}
for k,v in pairs(sister_args) do
if args[v] then
ps_args[v] = args[v]
end
end

return frame:expandTemplate{title = "plain sister", args = ps_args}
end

--[=[
Return the title span

>
--]=]
function construct_title(args)
local title = mw.html.create("span")
:attr("id", "header_title_text")
:css({
["font-weight"] = "bold",
})

if args["title"] then
title:wikitext(args["title"])
else
title:wikitext("Untitled")
end
return title
end

--[=[
Construct the title field
]=]
function p.title(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame)

local title = construct_title(args)
return tostring(title)
end

--[=[
Construct the year span
--]=]
function construct_year(frame, args)

local year = mw.html.create("span")
:attr("id", "header_year_text")

if args["year_override"] then
year:wikitext(args["year_override"])
else
local year_args = {
[1] = args["year"],
noprint = "0",
nocat = "0",
}

if args["noyear"] then
year_args['noprint'] = "1"
end

if args["disambiguation"] and yesno(args['disambiguation']) then
-- disambiguations never categorise
year_args['nocat'] = "1"
else
if args["noyearcat"] and yesno(args['noyearcat']) then
-- manually no-catted
year_args['nocat'] = "1"
elseif mw.title.getCurrentTitle().isSubpage then
-- only categorise if this is a base page
year_args['nocat'] = "1"
end
end
mw.logObject(year_args)
year:wikitext(mw.text.trim(frame:expandTemplate{
title = "header/year",
args = year_args
}))
end
return year
end

--[=[
Construct the year field
]=]
function p.year(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame)

ret = ""
if get_arg_or_override(args, "year") then
ret = tostring(construct_year(frame, args))
end

return ret
end

function create_vcard(id, content, wrap_fn)
local span = mw.html.create("span")
:addClass("vcard")
:css({
['font-style'] = 'italic'
})
:attr("id", id)

if wrap_fn then
span:tag("span")
:addClass("fn")
:wikitext(content)
else
span:wikitext(content)
end

return span
end

function p.author(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame)

local param_name = "author"
local prefix = "by"
local id = "header_author_text"

local s = ""
local atext;

local wrap_fn = true

if args["override_" .. param_name] then
s = s .. "<br/>"
atext = args["override_" .. param_name]
elseif args[param_name] then
if args['section'] then
s = s .. " "
else
s = s .. "<br/>"
end

if string.lower(args[param_name]) == "unknown" then
atext = "Unknown"
wrap_fn = false
else
atext = "[[Author:" .. args[param_name] .. "|" .. args[param_name] .. "]]"
end

s = s .. "<i>" .. prefix .. "</i>" .. " "
end

local a_span = create_vcard(id, atext, wrap_fn)
return s .. tostring(a_span)
end

function p.editor(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame)

local ed = get_arg_or_override(args, "editor")

-- no editors
if ed == nil then
return ""
end

local have_authors = get_arg_or_override(args, "author") ~= nil

local s = " "
if have_authors then
s = ", "
end

if not have_authors and not args["section"] then
s = s .. "<br/>"
end

-- need to tidy this up and check for override_editor = unknown|not mentioned|?
local special
if ed == "?" or string.lower(ed) == "unknown" then
special = "editor unknown"
elseif string.lower(ed) == "not mentioned" then
special = "editor not mentioned"
elseif ed ~= nil then
s = s .. "edited by"
end

s = "<i>" .. s .. "</i> "

local etext
local wrap_fn = true
if args["override_editor"] then
etext = args["override_editor"]
elseif args["editor"] then

if special then
etext = special
wrap_fn = false
else
etext = "[[Author:" .. args["editor"] .. "|" .. args["editor"] .. "]]"
end
end

local span = create_vcard("header_editor_text", etext, true)
return s .. tostring(span)
end

function p.translator(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame)

local tr = get_arg_or_override(args, "translator")

-- no translator
if tr == nil then
return ""
end

local have_authors = get_arg_or_override(args, "author") ~= nil
local have_editors = get_arg_or_override(args, "editor") ~= nil

local s = " "
if have_authors or have_editors then
s = ", "
end

if not have_authors and not have_authors and args["section"] == nil then
s = s .. "<br/>"
end

local special
if tr == "?" or string.lower(tr) == "unknown" then
special = "translator unknown"
elseif string.lower(tr) == "not mentioned" then
special = "translator not mentioned"
elseif string.lower(tr) == "wikisource" then
special = "translated by [[Wikisource:Translations|<span id=\"header_translator_text\">Wikisource</span>]]"
elseif tr ~= nil then
s = s .. "translated by"
end

s = "<i>" .. s .. "</i> "

local etext
local wrap_fn = true
if args["override_translator"] then
etext = args["override_translator"]
elseif args["translator"] then

if special then
etext = special
wrap_fn = false
else
etext = "[[Author:" .. args["translator"] .. "|" .. args["translator"] .. "]]"
end
end

local span = create_vcard("header_translator_text", etext, true)
return s .. tostring(span)
end

function p.section(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame)

if not args["section"] then
return
end

local s = "<br /><span id=\"header_section_text\">" .. args["section"] .. "</span>"

-- there are synonyms for this
local trans = get_arg_or_override(args, "section_translator")
if trans == nil then
trans = get_arg_or_override(args, "contributing_translator")
end

-- there are synonyms for this
local sec_author = get_arg_or_override(args, "section_author")
if sec_author == nil then
sec_author = get_arg_or_override(args, "contributor")
end

-- first part of section_translator, adds a line return to split to two lines due to length if section translator exists
if trans and sec_author then
s = s .. "<br/>"
end

if sec_author then
s = s .. "<i> by <span id=\"header_contributor_text\" class=\"vcard\">"
s = s .. "<span class=\"fn\">"

if args["override_section_author"] then
s = s .. args["override_section_author"]
elseif args["override_contributor"] then
s = s .. args["override_contributor"]
else
s = s .. "[[Author:" .. sec_author .. "|" .. sec_author .. "]]"
end
s = s .. "</span></span></i>"
end

if trans then
if sec_author then
s = s .. ","
end
s = s .. " <i>translated by <span id=\"header_section_translator_text\" class=\"vcard\">"

if args["override_section_translator"] then
s = s .. args['override_section_translator']
else
s = s .. "[[Author:" .. trans .. "|" .. trans .. "]]"
end
s = s .. "</span></span></i>"
end

return s
end

--[=[
Construct the notes field
]=]
function p.notes(frame)
local args = getArgs(frame)

local notes_args = {
style = "border-bottom: 1px solid #A0A0A0; background-color: #FAFAFF;",
id = navigationNotes
}

local wdid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage()
local sister_args = {"disambiguation", "edition", "portal", "related_author",
"wikipedia", "commons", "commonscat", "wikiquote", "wikinews",
"wiktionary", "wikibooks", "wikidata", "wikivoyage",
"wikiversity", "wikispecies", "meta"}
local sisters = ""
if wdid ~= nil or has_any_arg(args, sister_args) then
notes_args['sister'] = (get_plain_sister(frame, args, sister_args))
end

-- TODO: Temporarily track pages sisterlinking to Wikilivres.
if args["wikilivres"] ~= nil and args["wikilivres"] ~= "" then
table.insert(categories, "Pages using header with sister links to Wikilivres")
end

if args["shortcut"] then
notes_args['shortcut'] = args["shortcut"]
end

if args["notes"] then
notes_args['content'] = args['notes']
end

return frame:expandTemplate{title = "header/notes block", args = notes_args}
end

return p

Module:Edition

2021-09-26T15:44:20Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Organisation of this module: the exports are listed at the bottom; their
-- direct functions are just above there, and supporting functions are higher
-- up.
--
-- Please add testcases before modifying anything.
--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

instanceOfProp = 'P31'
authorProp = 'P50'
editionOrTranslationOfProp = 'P629'
equivalentClassProp = 'P1709'
topicsMainWikimediaPortalProp = 'P1151';

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Insert a value into a table, but not if it's already there.
function tableInsertUnique( theTable, value )
for _, item in pairs( theTable ) do
if item == value then
-- Already present
return
end
end
-- Otherwise, add the new value.
table.insert( theTable, value )
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- For the given author item, find the Wikisource sitelink. If there isn't one,
-- check to see if there the author has a topicsMainWikimediaPortal statement,
-- and then see if that portal has a sitelink instead.
function get_author_sitelink( authorItem )
local siteLink = authorItem:getSitelink( mw.language.getContentLanguage().code .. 'wikisource' )
if ( siteLink ~= nil ) then
return siteLink
end
portalStatements = authorItem:getBestStatements( topicsMainWikimediaPortalProp )
for _, mainPortal in pairs( portalStatements ) do
local mainPortalId = mainPortal['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['id']
local mainPortalItem = mw.wikibase.getEntity( mainPortalId )
siteLink = mainPortalItem:getSitelink( mw.language.getContentLanguage().code .. 'wikisource' )
end
return siteLink
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Create the HTML (including wikitext link) for all provided authors,
-- and add it to the given authorLinks table (for later concatenation).
function process_authors( authorLinks, authors )
if authors == nil or #authors == 0 then
return
end
for _, author in pairs( authors ) do
local authorId = author['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['id']
local authorItem = mw.wikibase.getEntity( authorId )
local siteLink = get_author_sitelink( authorItem )
local authorName = authorItem:getLabel()
if siteLink ~= nil then
authorName = mw.title.new( siteLink ).text
end
local authorHtml = mw.html.create('span')
:attr('itemprop', 'author')
:attr('itemscope', '')
:attr('itemtype', getSchemaorgItemtype( authorItem ) )
local authorNameHtml = authorHtml:tag( 'span' )
authorNameHtml:attr( 'itemprop', 'name' )
:wikitext( authorName )
local authorHtmlStr = tostring( authorHtml )
if siteLink == nil then
tableInsertUnique( authorLinks, authorHtmlStr )
else
tableInsertUnique( authorLinks, '[[' .. siteLink .. '|' .. authorHtmlStr .. ']]' )
end
end
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Get the schema.org URL for the itemtype of the given item.
function getSchemaorgItemtype( item )
local schemaPrefix = 'http://schema.org/'
for _, instanceOf in pairs( item:getBestStatements( instanceOfProp ) ) do
local instanceOfId = instanceOf['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['id']
local instanceOfItem = mw.wikibase.getEntity( instanceOfId )
-- Now go through each of the instance-of item's class statements,
-- seeing if we can find a matching schema.org URL.
for _, equivClass in pairs( instanceOfItem:getBestStatements( equivalentClassProp ) ) do
local val = equivClass['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']
if string.sub( val, 1, #schemaPrefix ) == schemaPrefix then
-- This is a schema.org URL.
return val
end
end
end
-- If we've not figured it out by now, give up with the default.
return schemaPrefix .. 'Thing'
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Exported method.
--
function author_list( args )
local item = getItem( args )
if item == nil then
return ''
end
local authorLinks = {}

-- Collect the authors of this item.
local authors = item:getBestStatements( authorProp )
process_authors( authorLinks, authors )

-- Also collect the authors of the parent work.
local works = item:getBestStatements( editionOrTranslationOfProp )
for _, work in pairs( works ) do
local workId = work['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']['id']
local workItem = mw.wikibase.getEntity( workId )
authors = workItem:getBestStatements( authorProp )
if #authors > 0 then
process_authors( authorLinks, authors )
end
end

-- Output the final list of links.
local outHtml = mw.html.create()
local separator = args.separator or ', '
local last_separator = args.last_separator or ', and '
local i = 1
for _, link in pairs( authorLinks ) do
outHtml:wikitext( link )
if i == ( #authorLinks - 1 ) then
outHtml:wikitext( last_separator )
elseif #authorLinks > 1 and i ~= #authorLinks then
outHtml:wikitext( separator )
end
i = i + 1
end
return tostring( outHtml )
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Exported method.
--
function inline( args )
local item = getItem( args )
local outHtml = mw.html.create()
mw.logObject(args)
mw.logObject(item)
if ( item == nil ) then
outHtml:wikitext( '<span class="error">Unable to determine the Wikidata item to use</span>' )
return tostring( outHtml )
end

-- Make sure it's an edition.
local editionOrTranslationOfStmts = item:getBestStatements( editionOrTranslationOfProp )
if #editionOrTranslationOfStmts == 0 then
outHtml:wikitext( '<span class="error">' .. item.id .. ' is not an edition or translation of a work (missing P629)</span>' )
return tostring( outHtml )
end

-- Title/label.
local title = item:getSitelink( 'enwikisource' )
local label = item:getLabel( 'en' )
local hasWikisourcePage = false
if title == nil or title == '' then
title = label
else
hasWikisourcePage = true
title = '[[' .. title .. '|' .. label .. ']]'
end
outHtml:wikitext( title .. ' ' );

-- Publication date
local publicationDate = item:formatPropertyValues( 'P577' )
outHtml:wikitext( '(' .. publicationDate.value .. ') ' )

-- Scanned file on Wikimedia Commons.
if not hasWikisourcePage then
-- Add links to Index page or Commons file.
local hasIndexOrCommonsLink = false
local scannedFileOnWikimediaCommons = 'P996'
local scannedFileOnWikimediaCommonsStmts = item:getBestStatements( scannedFileOnWikimediaCommons )
for _, stmt in pairs( scannedFileOnWikimediaCommonsStmts ) do
local commonsFilename = stmt['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']
outHtml:wikitext( ' ' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'Small scan link', args = { commonsFilename } } )
hasIndexOrCommonsLink = true;
end
-- Add link to the IA item if no links were added above.
if not hasIndexOrCommonsLink then
local internetArchiveIdProp = 'P724'
local internetArchiveIdStmts = item:getBestStatements( internetArchiveIdProp )
for _, stmt in pairs( internetArchiveIdStmts ) do
local internetArchiveId = stmt['mainsnak']['datavalue']['value']
outHtml:wikitext( ' ' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{ title = 'IA small link', args = { internetArchiveId } } )
end
end
end

-- Wikidata and Wikipedia links.
local img = '[[File:Wikidata-books-task-force-logo.svg|20px|alt=Wikidata books task force logo|link=d:' .. item.id .. '|View on Wikidata]]'
outHtml:wikitext( img )

return tostring( outHtml )
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Exported method. Get wikitext for displaying an edition's badges from Wikidata.
-- To get an indicator, pass args.indicator = true
-- Testing: =p.badge({args={wikidata='Q75043199'}})
--
function badge( args )
local item = getItem( args )
if not ( item and item.sitelinks and item.sitelinks.enwikisource and item.sitelinks.enwikisource.badges ) then
return ''
end
local badges = item.sitelinks.enwikisource.badges
local out = ''
for _, badge in pairs( badges ) do
local badgeOut = ''
local badgeItem = mw.wikibase.getEntity( badge )
local badgeName = ''
local wikisourceBadgeClass = 'Q75042035'
if badgeItem.claims.P31[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.id == wikisourceBadgeClass and badgeItem.claims.P18 ~= nil then
local imageName = badgeItem.claims.P18[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value
if mw.wikibase.getLabel( badge ) ~= nil then
badgeName = mw.wikibase.getLabel( badge )
end
badgeOut = '<span class="indicator-badge">[[File:' .. imageName .. '|16px|link=Help:Text status|' .. badgeName .. ']]</span>'
if args.indicator ~= nil then
badgeOut = '<indicator name="wikisource-badge-' .. badgeName .. '">' .. badgeOut .. '</indicator>'
end
if args.category ~= nil and badgeItem.claims.P910 ~= nil then
local categoryQid = badgeItem.claims.P910[1].mainsnak.datavalue.value.id
local category = mw.wikibase.getEntity( categoryQid )
badgeOut = badgeOut .. '[[' .. category.sitelinks.enwikisource.title .. ']]'
end
out = out .. badgeOut
end
end
return mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( out )
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Get an Item based on what's passed in the 'wikidata' or 'page' parameters of
-- the args, or the current page's ID otherwise.
function getItem( args )
local id = nil
-- If args is a table with an appropriate element, use it.
if type( args ) == 'table' then
if args.wikidata ~= '' and args.wikidata ~= nil then
id = args.wikidata
elseif args.wikidata_id ~= '' and args.wikidata_id ~= nil then
id = args.wikidata_id
elseif args.page ~= '' and args.page ~= nil then
local title = mw.title.new( args.page )
id = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForTitle( title.nsText .. title.text )
-- If no entity for this page, maybe it's a subpage and we should look for the root page's entity.
if id == nil then
id = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForTitle( title.nsText .. title.rootText )
end
end
end
if type( args ) == 'string' and args ~= '' then
id = args
end
return mw.wikibase.getEntity( id )
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Exported method.
function authority_control( args )
local item = getItem( args )
-- Gather every 'external-id' statement.
local out = mw.html.create( '' )
for propertyId,claims in pairs( item.claims) do
local propItem = getItem( propertyId )
for _,claim in pairs( claims ) do
if claim.mainsnak.datatype == 'external-id' then
local propLabel = propertyId
if propItem.aliases.en[1].value then
propLabel = propItem.aliases.en[1].value
end
-- mw.logObject(propItem)
out:wikitext( '* [[' .. propLabel .. ']]: ' .. claim.mainsnak.datavalue.value .. '\n' )
end
end
end
return tostring( out )
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Export all public functions.
return {
-- =p.author_list({args={wikidata='Q28913867'}})
author_list = function( frame ) return author_list( frame.args ) end;
-- =p.inline({args={wikidata_id='Q28913867'}})
inline = function( frame ) return inline( frame.args ) end;
-- =p.badge({args={wikidata='Q28020002'}})
badge = function( frame ) return badge( frame.args ) end;
-- =p.authority_control({args={wikidata='Q19035838'}})
authority_control = function( frame ) return authority_control( frame.args ) end;
}

Module:Arguments

2021-09-26T15:44:20Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

-- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from
-- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be
-- called from #invoke directly.

local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil')
local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType

local arguments = {}

-- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the
-- options every time we call it.

local function tidyValDefault(key, val)
if type(val) == 'string' then
val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
if val == '' then
return nil
else
return val
end
else
return val
end
end

local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val)
if type(val) == 'string' then
return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
else
return val
end
end

local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val)
if type(val) == 'string' then
if val:find('%S') then
return val
else
return nil
end
else
return val
end
end

local function tidyValNoChange(key, val)
return val
end

local function matchesTitle(given, title)
local tp = type( given )
return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title
end

local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end }

function arguments.getArgs(frame, options)
checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true)
checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true)
frame = frame or {}
options = options or {}

--[[
-- Set up argument translation.
--]]
options.translate = options.translate or {}
if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then
setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt)
end
if options.backtranslate == nil then
options.backtranslate = {}
for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do
options.backtranslate[v] = k
end
end
if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then
setmetatable(options.backtranslate, {
__index = function(t, k)
if options.translate[k] ~= k then
return nil
else
return k
end
end
})
end

--[[
-- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the
-- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending
-- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't
-- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module
-- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args
-- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs).
--]]
local fargs, pargs, luaArgs
if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then
if options.wrappers then
--[[
-- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in
-- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but
-- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax
-- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated
-- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame.
-- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame
-- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper;
-- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed
-- to getArgs.
--]]
local parent = frame:getParent()
if not parent then
fargs = frame.args
else
local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')
local found = false
if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then
found = true
elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then
for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do
if matchesTitle(v, title) then
found = true
break
end
end
end

-- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true.
if found or options.frameOnly == false then
pargs = parent.args
end
if not found or options.parentOnly == false then
fargs = frame.args
end
end
else
-- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options.
if not options.parentOnly then
fargs = frame.args
end
if not options.frameOnly then
local parent = frame:getParent()
pargs = parent and parent.args or nil
end
end
if options.parentFirst then
fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs
end
else
luaArgs = frame
end

-- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are
-- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes
-- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args.
local argTables = {fargs}
argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs
argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs

--[[
-- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we
-- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the
-- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table
-- every time the function is called.
--]]
local tidyVal = options.valueFunc
if tidyVal then
if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then
error(
"bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'"
.. '(function expected, got '
.. type(tidyVal)
.. ')',
2
)
end
elseif options.trim ~= false then
if options.removeBlanks ~= false then
tidyVal = tidyValDefault
else
tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly
end
else
if options.removeBlanks ~= false then
tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly
else
tidyVal = tidyValNoChange
end
end

--[[
-- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one
-- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil
-- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them
-- together.
--]]
local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {}
setmetatable(args, metatable)

local function mergeArgs(tables)
--[[
-- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values
-- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten;
-- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil
-- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft).
--]]
for _, t in ipairs(tables) do
for key, val in pairs(t) do
if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then
local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val)
if tidiedVal == nil then
nilArgs[key] = 's'
else
metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal
end
end
end
end
end

--[[
-- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table,
-- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments
-- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this
-- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil
-- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record
-- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not
-- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do
-- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all
-- the arguments will already have been copied over.
--]]

metatable.__index = function (t, key)
--[[
-- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check
-- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from
-- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check
-- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time.
-- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether
-- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil.
-- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into
-- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments
-- must be nil.
--]]
if type(key) == 'string' then
key = options.translate[key]
end
local val = metaArgs[key]
if val ~= nil then
return val
elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then
return nil
end
for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do
local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key])
if argTableVal ~= nil then
metaArgs[key] = argTableVal
return argTableVal
end
end
nilArgs[key] = 'h'
return nil
end

metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val)
-- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the
-- args table, or tries to change an existing value.
if type(key) == 'string' then
key = options.translate[key]
end
if options.readOnly then
error(
'could not write to argument table key "'
.. tostring(key)
.. '"; the table is read-only',
2
)
elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then
error(
'could not write to argument table key "'
.. tostring(key)
.. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted',
2
)
elseif val == nil then
--[[
-- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase
-- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do
-- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need
-- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked
-- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again.
--]]
metaArgs[key] = nil
nilArgs[key] = 'h'
else
metaArgs[key] = val
end
end

local function translatenext(invariant)
local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k)
invariant.k = k
if k == nil then
return nil
elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then
return k, v
else
local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k]
if backtranslate == nil then
-- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow
return translatenext(invariant)
else
return backtranslate, v
end
end
end

metatable.__pairs = function ()
-- Called when pairs is run on the args table.
if not metatable.donePairs then
mergeArgs(argTables)
metatable.donePairs = true
end
return translatenext, { t = metaArgs }
end

local function inext(t, i)
-- This uses our __index metamethod
local v = t[i + 1]
if v ~= nil then
return i + 1, v
end
end

metatable.__ipairs = function (t)
-- Called when ipairs is run on the args table.
return inext, t, 0
end

return args
end

return arguments

Module:Check for unknown parameters

2021-09-26T15:44:19Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

-- This module may be used to compare the arguments passed to the parent
-- with a list of arguments, returning a specified result if an argument is
-- not on the list
local p = {}

local function trim(s)
return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
end

local function isnotempty(s)
return s and s:match('%S')
end

local function clean(text)
-- Return text cleaned for display and truncated if too long.
-- Strip markers are replaced with dummy text representing the original wikitext.
local pos, truncated
local function truncate(text)
if truncated then
return ''
end
if mw.ustring.len(text) > 25 then
truncated = true
text = mw.ustring.sub(text, 1, 25) .. '...'
end
return mw.text.nowiki(text)
end
local parts = {}
for before, tag, remainder in text:gmatch('([^\127]*)\127[^\127]*%-(%l+)%-[^\127]*\127()') do
pos = remainder
table.insert(parts, truncate(before) .. '<' .. tag .. '>...</' .. tag .. '>')
end
table.insert(parts, truncate(text:sub(pos or 1)))
return table.concat(parts)
end

function p._check(args, pargs)
if type(args) ~= "table" or type(pargs) ~= "table" then
-- TODO: error handling
return
end

local ignoreblank = isnotempty(args['ignoreblank'])
local showblankpos = isnotempty(args['showblankpositional'])
local knownargs = {}
local unknown = args['unknown'] or 'Found _VALUE_, '
local preview = args['preview']

local values = {}
local res = {}
local regexps = {}

-- create the list of known args, regular expressions, and the return string
for k, v in pairs(args) do
if type(k) == 'number' then
v = trim(v)
knownargs[v] = 1
elseif k:find('^regexp[1-9][0-9]*$') then
table.insert(regexps, '^' .. v .. '$')
end
end
if isnotempty(preview) then
preview = '<div class="hatnote" style="color:red"><strong>Warning:</strong> ' .. preview .. ' (this message is shown only in preview).</div>'
elseif preview == nil then
preview = unknown
end

-- loop over the parent args, and make sure they are on the list
for k, v in pairs(pargs) do
if type(k) == 'string' and knownargs[k] == nil then
local knownflag = false
for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do
if mw.ustring.match(k, regexp) then
knownflag = true
break
end
end
if not knownflag and ( not ignoreblank or isnotempty(v) ) then
table.insert(values, clean(k))
end
elseif type(k) == 'number' and
knownargs[tostring(k)] == nil and
( showblankpos or isnotempty(v) )
then
table.insert(values, k .. ' = ' .. clean(v))
end
end

-- add results to the output tables
if #values > 0 then
if mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( "{{REVISIONID}}" ) == "" then
unknown = preview
end
for _, v in pairs(values) do
if v == '' then
-- Fix odd bug for | = which gets stripped to the empty string and
-- breaks category links
v = ' '
end
-- avoid error with v = 'example%2' ("invalid capture index")
local r = unknown:gsub('_VALUE_', {_VALUE_ = v})
table.insert(res, r)
end
end

return table.concat(res)
end

function p.check(frame)
local args = frame.args
local pargs = frame:getParent().args
return p._check(args, pargs)
end

return p

Module:No globals

2021-09-26T15:44:19Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {}
function mt.__index (t, k)
if k ~= 'arg' then
error('Tried to read nil global ' .. tostring(k), 2)
end
return nil
end
function mt.__newindex(t, k, v)
if k ~= 'arg' then
error('Tried to write global ' .. tostring(k), 2)
end
rawset(t, k, v)
end
setmetatable(_G, mt)

Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css

2021-09-26T15:44:18Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

/* Protection icon
the following line controls the page-protection icon in the upper right corner
it must remain within this comment
{{sandbox other||{{pp-template}}}}

*/

/* Overrides
Some wikis do not override user agent default styles for HTML <cite> and <q>,
unlike en.wp. On en.wp, keep these the same as [[MediaWiki:Common.css]]
*/
cite.citation {
font-style: inherit; /* Remove italics for <cite> */
}

.citation q {
quotes: '"' '"' "'" "'"; /* Straight quote marks for <q> */
}

/* ID and URL access
Both core and Common.css have selector .mw-parser-output a[href$=".pdf"].external
for PDF pages. All TemplateStyles pages are hoisted to .mw-parser-output. We need
to have specificity equal to a[href$=".pdf"].external for locks to override PDF icon.

the .id-lock-... selectors are for use by non-citation templates like {{Catalog lookup link}}
*/
.id-lock-free a,
.citation .cs1-lock-free a {
background: linear-gradient(transparent, transparent),
url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/6/65/Lock-green.svg)
right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat;
}

.id-lock-limited a,
.id-lock-registration a,
.citation .cs1-lock-limited a,
.citation .cs1-lock-registration a {
background: linear-gradient(transparent, transparent),
url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/Lock-gray-alt-2.svg)
right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat;
}

.id-lock-subscription a,
.citation .cs1-lock-subscription a {
background: linear-gradient(transparent, transparent),
url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/aa/Lock-red-alt-2.svg)
right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat;
}

.cs1-subscription,
.cs1-registration {
color: #555;
}

.cs1-subscription span,
.cs1-registration span {
border-bottom: 1px dotted;
cursor: help;
}

/* Wikisource
Wikisource icon when |chapter= or |title= is wikilinked to Wikisource
as in cite wikisource
*/
.cs1-ws-icon a {
background: linear-gradient(transparent, transparent),
url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/4c/Wikisource-logo.svg)
right 0.1em center/12px no-repeat;
}

/* Errors and maintenance */
code.cs1-code {
/* <code>...</code> style override: mediawiki's css definition is specified here:
https://git.wikimedia.org/blob/mediawiki%2Fcore.git/
69cd73811f7aadd093050dbf20ed70ef0b42a713/skins%2Fcommon%2FcommonElements.css#L199
*/
color: inherit;
background: inherit;
border: none; /* this maybe can be inherit. MDN says yes, code editor says no */
padding: inherit;
}

.cs1-hidden-error {
display: none;
font-size: 100%;
}

.cs1-visible-error {
font-size: 100%;
}

.cs1-maint {
display: none;
color: #33aa33;
margin-left: 0.3em;
}

/* Small text size
Set small text size in one place. 0.95 (here) * 0.9 (from references list) is
~0.85, which is the lower bound for size for accessibility. Old styling for this
was just 0.85. We could write the rule so that when this template is inside
references/reflist, only then does it multiply by 0.95; else multiply by 0.85 */
.cs1-format {
font-size: 95%;
}

/* kerning */
.cs1-kern-left,
.cs1-kern-wl-left {
padding-left: 0.2em;
}

.cs1-kern-right,
.cs1-kern-wl-right {
padding-right: 0.2em;
}

/* selflinks – avoid bold font style when cs1|2 template links to the current page */
.citation .mw-selflink {
font-weight: inherit;
}

Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist

2021-09-26T15:44:18Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

--[[--------------------------< S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >--------------------------------------

Because a steady-state signal conveys no useful information, whitelist.basic_arguments[] list items can have three values:
true - these parameters are valid and supported parameters
false - these parameters are deprecated but still supported
nil - these parameters are no longer supported. remove entirely

]]

local basic_arguments = {
['accessdate'] = true,
['access-date'] = true,
['agency'] = true,
['archivedate'] = true,
['archive-date'] = true,
['archive-format'] = true,
['archiveurl'] = true,
['archive-url'] = true,
['article'] = true,
['article-format'] = true,
['article-url'] = true,
['article-url-access'] = true,
['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier
['asin'] = true,
['ASIN'] = true,
['asin-tld'] = true,
['at'] = true,
['author'] = true,
['author-first'] = true,
['author-given'] = true,
['author-last'] = true,
['author-surname'] = true,
['authorlink'] = true,
['author-link'] = true,
['author-mask'] = true,
['authors'] = true,
['bibcode'] = true,
['bibcode-access'] = true,
['biorxiv'] = true, -- cite biorxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier
['chapter'] = true,
['chapter-format'] = true,
['chapter-url'] = true,
['chapter-url-access'] = true,
['citeseerx'] = true, -- cite citeseerx; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier
['collaboration'] = true,
['contribution'] = true,
['contribution-format'] = true,
['contribution-url'] = true,
['contribution-url-access'] = true,
['contributor'] = true,
['contributor-first'] = true,
['contributor-given'] = true,
['contributor-last'] = true,
['contributor-surname'] = true,
['contributor-link'] = true,
['contributor-mask'] = true,
['date'] = true,
['department'] = true,
['df'] = true,
['dictionary'] = true,
['display-authors'] = true,
['display-contributors'] = true,
['display-editors'] = true,
['display-interviewers'] = true,
['display-subjects'] = true,
['display-translators'] = true,
['doi'] = true,
['DOI'] = true,
['doi-access'] = true,
['doi-broken-date'] = true,
['edition'] = true,
['editor'] = true,
['editor-first'] = true,
['editor-given'] = true,
['editor-last'] = true,
['editor-surname'] = true,
['editor-link'] = true,
['editor-mask'] = true,
['eissn'] = true,
['EISSN'] = true,
['encyclopaedia'] = true,
['encyclopedia'] = true,
['entry'] = true,
['entry-format'] = true,
['entry-url'] = true,
['entry-url-access'] = true,
['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier
['first'] = true,
['format'] = true,
['given'] = true,
['hdl'] = true,
['HDL'] = true,
['hdl-access'] = true,
['host'] = true, -- unique to certain templates?
['id'] = true,
['ID'] = true,
['institution'] = true, -- constrain to cite thesis?
['interviewer'] = true,
['interviewer-first'] = true,
['interviewer-given'] = true,
['interviewer-last'] = true,
['interviewer-surname'] = true,
['interviewer-link'] = true,
['interviewer-mask'] = true,
['isbn'] = true,
['ISBN'] = true,
['ismn'] = true,
['ISMN'] = true,
['issn'] = true,
['ISSN'] = true,
['issue'] = true,
['jfm'] = true,
['JFM'] = true,
['journal'] = true,
['jstor'] = true,
['JSTOR'] = true,
['jstor-access'] = true,
['lang'] = true,
['language'] = true,
['last'] = true,
['lay-date'] = true,
['lay-format'] = true,
['lay-source'] = true,
['lay-url'] = true,
['lccn'] = true,
['LCCN'] = true,
['location'] = true,
['magazine'] = true,
['medium'] = true,
['minutes'] = true, -- constrain to cite AV media and podcast?
['mode'] = true,
['mr'] = true,
['MR'] = true,
['name-list-style'] = true,
['newspaper'] = true,
['no-pp'] = true,
['no-tracking'] = true,
['number'] = true,
['oclc'] = true,
['OCLC'] = true,
['ol'] = true,
['OL'] = true,
['ol-access'] = true,
['orig-date'] = true,
['origyear'] = true,
['orig-year'] = true,
['osti'] = true,
['OSTI'] = true,
['osti-access'] = true,
['others'] = true,
['p'] = true,
['page'] = true,
['pages'] = true,
['people'] = true,
['periodical'] = true,
['place'] = true,
['pmc'] = true,
['PMC'] = true,
['pmc-embargo-date'] = true,
['pmid'] = true,
['PMID'] = true,
['postscript'] = true,
['pp'] = true,
['publication-date'] = true,
['publication-place'] = true,
['publisher'] = true,
['quotation'] = true,
['quote'] = true,
['quote-page'] = true,
['quote-pages'] = true,
['ref'] = true,
['rfc'] = true,
['RFC'] = true,
['sbn'] = true,
['SBN'] = true,
['scale'] = true,
['script-article'] = true,
['script-chapter'] = true,
['script-contribution'] = true,
['script-entry'] = true,
['script-journal'] = true,
['script-magazine'] = true,
['script-newspaper'] = true,
['script-periodical'] = true,
['script-quote'] = true,
['script-section'] = true,
['script-title'] = true,
['script-website'] = true,
['script-work'] = true,
['section'] = true,
['section-format'] = true,
['section-url'] = true,
['section-url-access'] = true,
['series'] = true,
['ssrn'] = true, -- cite ssrn; these three here because allowed in cite ... as identifier
['SSRN'] = true,
['ssrn-access'] = true,
['subject'] = true,
['subject-link'] = true,
['subject-mask'] = true,
['surname'] = true,
['s2cid'] = true,
['S2CID'] = true,
['s2cid-access'] = true,
['template-doc-demo'] = true,
['time'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast?
['time-caption'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast?
['title'] = true,
['title-link'] = true,
['translator'] = true,
['translator-first'] = true,
['translator-given'] = true,
['translator-last'] = true,
['translator-surname'] = true,
['translator-link'] = true,
['translator-mask'] = true,
['trans-article'] = true,
['trans-chapter'] = true,
['trans-contribution'] = true,
['trans-entry'] = true,
['trans-journal'] = true,
['trans-magazine'] = true,
['trans-newspaper'] = true,
['trans-periodical'] = true,
['trans-quote'] = true,
['trans-section'] = true,
['trans-title'] = true,
['trans-website'] = true,
['trans-work'] = true,
['type'] = true,
['url'] = true,
['URL'] = true,
['url-access'] = true,
['url-status'] = true,
['vauthors'] = true,
['veditors'] = true,
['version'] = true,
['via'] = true,
['volume'] = true,
['website'] = true,
['work'] = true,
['year'] = true,
['zbl'] = true,
['ZBL'] = true,
}

local numbered_arguments = {
['author#'] = true,
['author-first#'] = true,
['author#-first'] = true,
['author-given#'] = true,
['author#-given'] = true,
['author-last#'] = true,
['author#-last'] = true,
['author-surname#'] = true,
['author#-surname'] = true,
['author-link#'] = true,
['author#-link'] = true,
['authorlink#'] = true,
['author#link'] = true,
['author-mask#'] = true,
['author#-mask'] = true,
['contributor#'] = true,
['contributor-first#'] = true,
['contributor#-first'] = true,
['contributor-given#'] = true,
['contributor#-given'] = true,
['contributor-last#'] = true,
['contributor#-last'] = true,
['contributor-surname#'] = true,
['contributor#-surname'] = true,
['contributor-link#'] = true,
['contributor#-link'] = true,
['contributor-mask#'] = true,
['contributor#-mask'] = true,
['editor#'] = true,
['editor-first#'] = true,
['editor#-first'] = true,
['editor-given#'] = true,
['editor#-given'] = true,
['editor-last#'] = true,
['editor#-last'] = true,
['editor-surname#'] = true,
['editor#-surname'] = true,
['editor-link#'] = true,
['editor#-link'] = true,
['editor-mask#'] = true,
['editor#-mask'] = true,
['first#'] = true,
['given#'] = true,
['host#'] = true,
['interviewer#'] = true,
['interviewer-first#'] = true,
['interviewer#-first'] = true,
['interviewer-given#'] = true,
['interviewer#-given'] = true,
['interviewer-last#'] = true,
['interviewer#-last'] = true,
['interviewer-surname#'] = true,
['interviewer#-surname'] = true,
['interviewer-link#'] = true,
['interviewer#-link'] = true,
['interviewer-mask#'] = true,
['interviewer#-mask'] = true,
['last#'] = true,
['subject#'] = true,
['subject-link#'] = true,
['subject#-link'] = true,
['subject-mask#'] = true,
['subject#-mask'] = true,
['surname#'] = true,
['translator#'] = true,
['translator-first#'] = true,
['translator#-first'] = true,
['translator-given#'] = true,
['translator#-given'] = true,
['translator-last#'] = true,
['translator#-last'] = true,
['translator-surname#'] = true,
['translator#-surname'] = true,
['translator-link#'] = true,
['translator#-link'] = true,
['translator-mask#'] = true,
['translator#-mask'] = true,
}

--[[--------------------------< P R E P R I N T S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >--------------------

Cite arXiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, and cite ssrn are preprint templates that use the limited set of parameters
defined in the limited_basic_arguments and limited_numbered_arguments tables. Those lists are supplemented with a
template-specific list of parameters that are required by the particular template and may be exclusive to one of the
preprint templates. Some of these parameters may also be available to the general cs1|2 templates.

Same conventions for true/false/dicouraged/nil as above.

]]

local preprint_arguments = {
arxiv = {
['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers
['class'] = true,
['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers
},
biorxiv = {
['biorxiv'] = true,
},
citeseerx = {
['citeseerx'] = true,
},
ssrn = {
['ssrn'] = true,
['SSRN'] = true,
['ssrn-access'] = true,
},
}

--[[--------------------------< L I M I T E D S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >----------------------

cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, and cite ssrn templates are preprint templates so are allowed only a
limited subset of parameters allowed to all other cs1|2 templates. The limited subset is defined here.

Same conventions for true/false/dicouraged/nil as above.

]]

local limited_basic_arguments = {
['at'] = true,
['author'] = true,
['author-first'] = true,
['author-given'] = true,
['author-last'] = true,
['author-surname'] = true,
['author-link'] = true,
['authorlink'] = true,
['author-mask'] = true,
['authors'] = true,
['collaboration'] = true,
['date'] = true,
['df'] = true,
['display-authors'] = true,
['first'] = true,
['given'] = true,
['language'] = true,
['last'] = true,
['mode'] = true,
['name-list-style'] = true,
['no-tracking'] = true,
['p'] = true,
['page'] = true,
['pages'] = true,
['postscript'] = true,
['pp'] = true,
['quotation'] = true,
['quote'] = true,
['ref'] = true,
['surname'] = true,
['template-doc-demo'] = true,
['title'] = true,
['trans-title'] = true,
['vauthors'] = true,
['year'] = true,
}

local limited_numbered_arguments = {
['author#'] = true,
['author-first#'] = true,
['author#-first'] = true,
['author-given#'] = true,
['author#-given'] = true,
['author-last#'] = true,
['author#-last'] = true,
['author-surname#'] = true,
['author#-surname'] = true,
['author-link#'] = true,
['author#-link'] = true,
['authorlink#'] = true,
['author#link'] = true,
['author-mask#'] = true,
['author#-mask'] = true,
['first#'] = true,
['given#'] = true,
['last#'] = true,
['surname#'] = true,
}

--[[--------------------------< U N I Q U E _ A R G U M E N T S >----------------------------------------------

Some templates have unique parameters. Those templates and their unique parameters are listed here. Keys in this
table are the template's CitationClass parameter value

Same conventions for true/false/dicouraged/nil as above.

]]

local unique_arguments = {
['audio-visual'] = {
['transcript'] = true,
['transcript-format'] = true,
['transcript-url'] = true,
},
conference = {
['book-title'] = true,
['conference'] = true,
['conference-format'] = true,
['conference-url'] = true,
['event'] = true,
},
episode = {
['airdate'] = true,
['air-date'] = true,
['credits'] = true,
['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link=
['network'] = true,
['season'] = true,
['series-link'] = true,
['series-no'] = true,
['series-number'] = true,
['station'] = true,
['transcript'] = true,
['transcript-format'] = true,
['transcripturl'] = false,
['transcript-url'] = true,
},
mailinglist = {
['mailing-list'] = true,
},
map = {
['cartography'] = true,
['inset'] = true,
['map'] = true,
['map-format'] = true,
['map-url'] = true,
['map-url-access'] = true,
['script-map'] = true,
['sections'] = true,
['sheet'] = true,
['sheets'] = true,
['trans-map'] = true,
},
newsgroup = {
['message-id'] = true,
['newsgroup'] = true,
},
report = {
['docket'] = true,
},
serial = {
['airdate'] = true,
['air-date'] = true,
['credits'] = true,
['episode'] = true, -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode?
['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link=
['network'] = true,
['series-link'] = true,
['station'] = true,
},
speech = {
['conference'] = true,
['conference-format'] = true,
['conference-url'] = true,
['event'] = true,
},
thesis = {
['degree'] = true,
['docket'] = true,
},
}

--[[--------------------------< T E M P L A T E _ L I S T _ G E T >--------------------------------------------

gets a list of the templates from table t

]]

local function template_list_get (t)
local out = {}; -- a table for output
for k, _ in pairs (t) do -- spin through the table and collect the keys
table.insert (out, k) -- add each key to the output table
end
return out; -- and done
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D T A B L E S >------------------------------------------------
]]

return {
basic_arguments = basic_arguments,
numbered_arguments = numbered_arguments,
limited_basic_arguments = limited_basic_arguments,
limited_numbered_arguments = limited_numbered_arguments,

preprint_arguments = preprint_arguments,
preprint_template_list = template_list_get (preprint_arguments), -- make a template list from preprint_arguments{} table
unique_arguments = unique_arguments,
unique_param_template_list = template_list_get (unique_arguments), -- make a template list from unique_arguments{} table
};

Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

2021-09-26T15:44:17Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

local z = {
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
error_ids = {};
message_tail = {};
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
};

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ A C C E P T _ A S _ W R I T T E N >------------------------------------

When <str> is wholly wrapped in accept-as-written markup, return <str> without markup and true; return <str> and false else

with allow_empty = false, <str> must have at least one character inside the markup
with allow_empty = true, <str> the markup frame can be empty like (()) to distinguish an empty template parameter from the specific condition "has no applicable value" in citation-context.

After further evaluation the two cases might be merged at a later stage, but should be kept separated for now.

]]

local function has_accept_as_written (str, allow_empty)
local count;
if true == allow_empty then
str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1'); -- allows (()) to be an empty set
else
str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1');
end
return str, 0 ~= count;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------

Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.

]]

local function is_set (var)
return not (var == nil or var == '');
end

--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------

Whether needle is in haystack

]]

local function in_array (needle, haystack)
if needle == nil then
return false;
end
for n, v in ipairs (haystack) do
if v == needle then
return n;
end
end
return false;
end

--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------

Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.

]]

local function substitute (msg, args)
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage (msg, args):plain() or msg;
end

--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------

Wraps error messages with CSS markup according to the state of hidden.

]]

local function error_comment (content, hidden)
return substitute (hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content);
end

--[=[-------------------------< M A K E _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Makes a wikilink; when both link and display text is provided, returns a wikilink in the form [[L|D]]; if only
link is provided (or link and display are the same), returns a wikilink in the form [[L]]; if neither are
provided or link is omitted, returns an empty string.

]=]

local function make_wikilink (link, display)
if not is_set (link) then return '' end

if is_set (display) and link ~= display then
return table.concat ({'[[', link, '|', display, ']]'});
else
return table.concat ({'[[', link, ']]'});
end
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ M E S S A G E >----------------------------------------------------------

Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message. The actual placement of the error message in the output is
the responsibility of the calling function.

TODO: change z.error_categories and z.maintenance_cats to have the form cat_name = true; to avoid dups without having to have an extra cat

]]
local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats; TODO: figure out how to delete this table

local function set_message (error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix)
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[error_id];

prefix = prefix or '';
suffix = suffix or '';

if error_state == nil then
error (cfg.messages['undefined_error'] .. ': ' .. error_id); -- because missing error handler in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration

elseif is_set (error_state.category) then
if error_state.message then -- when error_state.message defined, this is an error message
table.insert (z.error_categories, error_state.category);
else
if not added_maint_cats[error_id] then
added_maint_cats[error_id] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert (z.maintenance_cats, substitute (error_state.category, arguments)); -- make cat name then add to table
end
return; -- because no message, nothing more to do
end
end

local message = substitute (error_state.message, arguments);

message = table.concat (
{
message,
' (',
make_wikilink (
table.concat (
{
cfg.messages['help page link'],
'#',
error_state.anchor
}),
cfg.messages['help page label']),
')'
});

z.error_ids[error_id] = true;
if z.error_ids['err_citation_missing_title'] and -- if missing-title error already noted
in_array (error_id, {'err_bare_url_missing_title', 'err_trans_missing_title'}) then -- and this error is one of these
return '', false; -- don't bother because one flavor of missing title is sufficient
end

message = table.concat ({prefix, message, suffix});

if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end

return error_comment (message, error_state.hidden);
end

--[[-------------------------< I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D >-----------------------------------------------------

This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list
provided by the template.

Input:
args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template
alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one
enumerated – true/false flag used to choose how enumerated aliases are examined
value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected

Returns:
value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected

]]

local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list)
if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters?
alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index
else
alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists
end

if is_set (args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list
if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases
local skip;
for _, v in ipairs (error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias
if v == alias then
skip = true;
break; -- has been added so stop looking
end
end
if not skip then -- has not been added so
table.insert (error_list, alias); -- add error alias to the error list
end
else
value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one
selected = alias;
end
end
return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.

]]

local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
if not added_maint_cats [key] then
added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert (z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.

foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized.

added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above

]]

local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats

local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?[%a%-]*', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname
table.insert (z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------

Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''

Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.

]]

local function safe_for_italics (str)
if not is_set (str) then return str end

if str:sub (1, 1) == "'" then str = "<span></span>" .. str; end
if str:sub (-1, -1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span></span>"; end

-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
return str:gsub ('\n', ' ');

end

--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------

Applies styling to various parameters. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters. Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().

]]

local function wrap_style (key, str)
if not is_set (str) then
return "";
elseif in_array (key, {'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title'}) then
str = safe_for_italics (str);
end

return substitute (cfg.presentation[key], {str});
end

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ S E P _ L I S T >------------------------------------------------------------

make a separated list of items using provided separators.
<sep_list> - typically '<comma><space>'
<sep_list_pair> - typically '<space>and<space>'
<sep_list_end> - typically '<comma><space>and<space>' or '<comma><space>&<space>'

defaults to cfg.presentation['sep_list'], cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'], and cfg.presentation['sep_list_end']
if <sep_list_end> is specified, <sep_list> and <sep_list_pair> must also be supplied

]]

local function make_sep_list (count, list_seq, sep_list, sep_list_pair, sep_list_end)
local list = '';

if not sep_list then -- set the defaults
sep_list = cfg.presentation['sep_list'];
sep_list_pair = cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'];
sep_list_end = cfg.presentation['sep_list_end'];
end

if 2 >= count then
list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list_pair); -- insert separator between two items; returns list_seq[1] then only one item
elseif 2 < count then
list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list, 1, count - 1); -- concatenate all but last item with plain list separator
list = table.concat ({list, list_seq[count]}, sep_list_end); -- concatenate last item onto end of <list> with final separator
end

return list;
end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------

Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider. The list of parameters to consider is just
names. For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified
by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'.

Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities.

Generates an error if more than one match is present.

]]

local function select_one (args, aliases_list, error_condition, index)
local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter
local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen
local error_list = {};

if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end

for _, alias in ipairs (aliases_list) do -- for each alias in the aliases list
if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated
if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias
end
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias
else
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- test for non-enumerated alias
end
end

if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names()
for i, v in ipairs (error_list) do
error_list[i] = wrap_style ('parameter', v);
end
table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', selected));
table.insert (z.message_tail, {set_message (error_condition, {make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)});
end

return value, selected;
end

--[=[-------------------------< R E M O V E _ W I K I _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------

Gets the display text from a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B

The str:gsub() returns either A|B froma [[A|B]] or B from [[B]] or B from B (no wikilink markup).

In l(), l:gsub() removes the link and pipe (if they exist); the second :gsub() trims whitespace from the label
if str was wrapped in wikilink markup. Presumably, this is because without wikimarkup in str, there is no match
in the initial gsub, the replacement function l() doesn't get called.

]=]

local function remove_wiki_link (str)
return (str:gsub ("%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
return l:gsub ("^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub ("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
end));
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ W I K I L I N K >--------------------------------------------------------

Determines if str is a wikilink, extracts, and returns the wikilink type, link text, and display text parts.
If str is a complex wikilink ([[L|D]]):
returns wl_type 2 and D and L from [[L|D]];
if str is a simple wikilink ([[D]])
returns wl_type 1 and D from [[D]] and L as empty string;
if not a wikilink:
returns wl_type 0, str as D, and L as empty string.

trims leading and trailing whitespace and pipes from L and D ([[L|]] and [[|D]] are accepted by MediaWiki and
treated like [[D]]; while [[|D|]] is not accepted by MediaWiki, here, we accept it and return D without the pipes).

]=]

local function is_wikilink (str)
local D, L
local wl_type = 2; -- assume that str is a complex wikilink [[L|D]]

if not str:match ('^%[%[[^%]]+%]%]$') then -- is str some sort of a wikilink (must have some sort of content)
return 0, str, ''; -- not a wikilink; return wl_type as 0, str as D, and empty string as L
end

L, D = str:match ('^%[%[([^|]+)|([^%]]+)%]%]$'); -- get L and D from [[L|D]]

if not is_set (D) then -- if no separate display
D = str:match ('^%[%[([^%]]*)|*%]%]$'); -- get D from [[D]] or [[D|]]
wl_type = 1;
end

D = mw.text.trim (D, '%s|'); -- trim white space and pipe characters
return wl_type, D, L or '';
end

--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------

Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.

Returns the argument without wiki markup and a number; the number is more-or-less meaningless except as a flag
to indicate that markup was replaced; do not rely on it as an indicator of how many of any kind of markup was
removed; returns the argument and nil when no markup removed

]]

local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
if not is_set (argument) then
return argument, nil; -- no argument, nothing to do
end

if nil == argument:find ( "''", 1, true ) then -- Is there at least one double apostrophe? If not, exit.
return argument, nil;
end

local flag;
while true do
if argument:find ("'''''", 1, true) then -- bold italic (5)
argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
elseif argument:find ("''''", 1, true) then -- italic start and end without content (4)
argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:find ("'''", 1, true) then -- bold (3)
argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:find ("''", 1, true) then -- italic (2)
argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'", "");
else
break;
end
end

return argument, flag; -- done
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >--------------------------------------

Sets local cfg table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules.

]]

local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr)
cfg = cfg_table_ptr;

end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >----------------------------------------------------------------
]]

return {
add_maint_cat = add_maint_cat, -- exported functions
add_prop_cat = add_prop_cat,
error_comment = error_comment,
has_accept_as_written = has_accept_as_written,
in_array = in_array,
is_set = is_set,
is_wikilink = is_wikilink,
make_sep_list = make_sep_list,
make_wikilink = make_wikilink,
remove_wiki_link = remove_wiki_link,
safe_for_italics = safe_for_italics,
select_one = select_one,
set_message = set_message,
set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules,
strip_apostrophe_markup = strip_apostrophe_markup,
substitute = substitute,
wrap_style = wrap_style,

z = z, -- exported table
}

Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers

2021-09-26T15:44:17Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, set_message, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
substitute, make_wikilink;

local z; -- table of tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration

--[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------

declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here

]]

local auto_link_urls = {}; -- holds identifier URLs for those identifiers that can auto-link |title=

--============================<< H E L P E R F U N C T I O N S >>============================================

--[[--------------------------< W I K I D A T A _ A R T I C L E _ N A M E _ G E T >----------------------------

as an aid to internationalizing identifier-label wikilinks, gets identifier article names from Wikidata.

returns :<lang code>:<article title> when <q> has an <article title> for <lang code>; nil else

for identifiers that do not have q, returns nil

for wikis that do not have mw.wikibase installed, returns nil

]]

local function wikidata_article_name_get (q)
if not is_set (q) or (q and not mw.wikibase) then -- when no q number or when a q number but mw.wikibase not installed on this wiki
return nil; -- abandon
end

local wd_article;
local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org

wd_article = mw.wikibase.getSitelink (q, this_wiki_code .. 'wiki'); -- fetch article title from WD; nil when no title available at this wiki

if wd_article then
wd_article = table.concat ({':', this_wiki_code, ':', wd_article}); -- interwiki-style link without brackets if taken from WD; leading colon required
end

return wd_article; -- article title from WD; nil else
end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ L A B E L _ M A K E >------------------------------------------------

common function to create identifier link label from handler table or from Wikidata

returns the first available of
1. redirect from local wiki's handler table (if enabled)
2. Wikidata (if there is a Wikidata entry for this identifier in the local wiki's language)
3. label specified in the local wiki's handler table

]]

local function link_label_make (handler)
local wd_article;

if not (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect)) then -- redirect has priority so if enabled and available don't fetch from Wikidata because expensive
wd_article = wikidata_article_name_get (handler.q); -- if Wikidata has an article title for this wiki, get it;
end

return (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect) and handler.redirect) or wd_article or handler.link;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------

Formats a wiki-style external link

]]

local function external_link_id (options)
local url_string = options.id;
local ext_link;
local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org
local wd_article; -- article title from Wikidata

if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
url_string = mw.uri.encode (url_string, 'PATH');
end

if options.auto_link and is_set (options.access) then
auto_link_urls[options.auto_link] = table.concat ({options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix});
end

ext_link = mw.ustring.format ('[%s%s%s %s]', options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "", mw.text.nowiki (options.id));
if is_set (options.access) then
ext_link = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[options.access].class, cfg.presentation[options.access].title, ext_link}); -- add the free-to-read / paywall lock
end

return table.concat ({
make_wikilink (link_label_make (options), options.label), -- redirect, Wikidata link, or locally specified link (in that order)
options.separator or ' ',
ext_link
});
end

--[[--------------------------< I N T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------

Formats a wiki-style internal link

TODO: Does not currently need to support options.access, options.encode, auto-linking and COinS (as in external_link_id),
but may be needed in the future for :m:Interwiki_map custom-prefixes like :arxiv:, :bibcode:, :DOI:, :hdl:, :ISSN:,
:JSTOR:, :Openlibrary:, :PMID:, :RFC:.

]]

local function internal_link_id (options)
local id = mw.ustring.gsub (options.id, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9

return table.concat (
{
make_wikilink (link_label_make (options), options.label), -- wiki-link the identifier label
options.separator or ' ', -- add the separator
make_wikilink (
table.concat (
{
options.prefix,
id, -- translated to Western digits
options.suffix or ''
}),
substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {'', mw.text.nowiki (options.id)}) -- bdi tags to prevent Latin script identifiers from being reversed at RTL language wikis
); -- nowiki because MediaWiki still has magic links for ISBN and the like; TODO: is it really required?
});
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |pmc-embargo-date= against
today's date. If embargo date is in the future, returns the content of |pmc-embargo-date=; otherwise, returns
an empty string because the embargo has expired or because |pmc-embargo-date= was not set in this cite.

]]

local function is_embargoed (embargo)
if is_set (embargo) then
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
local good1, embargo_date, todays_date;
good1, embargo_date = pcall (lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo);
todays_date = lang:formatDate ('U');

if good1 then -- if embargo date is a good date
if tonumber (embargo_date) >= tonumber (todays_date) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
return embargo; -- still embargoed
else
set_message ('maint_pmc_embargo'); -- embargo has expired; add main cat
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
end
end
end
return ''; -- |pmc-embargo-date= not set return empty string
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ B I O R X I V _ D A T E >------------------------------------

returns true if:
2019-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < today + 2 days

The dated form of biorxiv identifier has a start date of 2019-12-11. The Unix timestamp for that date is {{#time:U|2019-12-11}} = 1576022400

biorxiv_date is the date provided in those |biorxiv= parameter values that are dated at time 00:00:00 UTC
today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours
if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then
adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today
adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow

This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser
apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date
contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang.formatDate(). To get around that
call this function with YYYY-MM-DD format dates.

]=]

local function is_valid_biorxiv_date (biorxiv_date)
local good1, good2;
local biorxiv_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix timestamps representing the dates
local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage();

good1, biorxiv_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', biorxiv_date); -- convert biorxiv_date value to Unix timestamp
good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow

if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which tonumber() may not understand
biorxiv_ts = tonumber (biorxiv_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (biorxiv_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison;
tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts);
else
return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix timestamp
end

return ((1576022400 <= biorxiv_ts) and (biorxiv_ts < tomorrow_ts)) -- 2012-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < tomorrow's date
end

--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------

ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all ISBN/ISSN digits including the check digit.
ISBN-13 is checked in isbn().

If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN/ISSN must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
local temp = 0;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
len = len + 1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if v == string.byte ("X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
temp = temp + 10 * (len - i); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
temp = temp + tonumber (string.char (v) )*(len-i);
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
end

--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N _ 1 3 >-----------------------------------------------

ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 ISBN/ISMN digits including the check digit.
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN-13/ISMN must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN-13 characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
local temp=0;

isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39
for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber (string.char (v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
end
return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when ISBN-13/ISMN is correct
end

--[[--------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ L C C N >--------------------------------------------------

LCCN normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.

Returns a normalized LCCN for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]

local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace

if nil ~= string.find (lccn, '/') then
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
end

local prefix
local suffix
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix

if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
suffix = string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
lccn = prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the LCCN
end

return lccn;
end

--============================<< I D E N T I F I E R F U N C T I O N S >>====================================

--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------

See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier

format and error check arXiv identifier. There are three valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9107 and 0703, is:
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation; not the same as |class= parameter which is not supported in this form
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)

the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces

the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
<number> is a five-digit number
]]

local function arxiv (options)
local id = options.id;
local class = options.Class; -- TODO: lowercase?
local handler = options.handler;
local year, month, version;
local err_cat = false; -- assume no error message
local text; -- output text

if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9107-0703 format with or without version
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber (year);
month = tonumber (month);
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
err_cat = true; -- flag for error message
end

elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 with or without version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber (year);
month = tonumber (month);
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
err_cat = true; -- flag for error message
end

elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format with or without version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber (year);
month = tonumber (month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_cat = true; -- flag for error message
end

else
err_cat = true; -- not a recognized format; flag for error message
end

if err_cat then
options.coins_list_t['ARXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

err_cat = err_cat and table.concat ({' ', set_message ('err_bad_arxiv')}) or ''; -- set error message if flag is true

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}) .. err_cat;

if is_set (class) then
if id:match ('^%d+') then
text = table.concat ({text, ' [[//arxiv.org/archive/', class, ' ', class, ']]'}); -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
else
text = table.concat ({text, ' ', set_message ('err_class_ignored')});
end
end

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< B I B C O D E >--------------------------------------------------------------------

Validates (sort of) and formats a bibcode ID.

Format for bibcodes is specified here: http://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs_doc/help_pages/data.html#bibcodes

But, this: 2015arXiv151206696F is apparently valid so apparently, the only things that really matter are length, 19 characters
and first four digits must be a year. This function makes these tests:
length must be 19 characters
characters in position
1–4 must be digits and must represent a year in the range of 1000 – next year
5 must be a letter
6–8 must be letter, digit, ampersand, or dot (ampersand cannot directly precede a dot; &. )
9–18 must be letter, digit, or dot
19 must be a letter or dot

]]

local function bibcode (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_type;
local year;

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,
access = access});

if 19 ~= id:len() then
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.length;
else
year = id:match ("^(%d%d%d%d)[%a][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w.]+[%a%.]$");
if not year then -- if nil then no pattern match
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.value; -- so value error
else
local next_year = tonumber (os.date ('%Y')) + 1; -- get the current year as a number and add one for next year
year = tonumber (year); -- convert year portion of bibcode to a number
if (1000 > year) or (year > next_year) then
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.year; -- year out of bounds
end
if id:find('&%.') then
err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.journal; -- journal abbreviation must not have '&.' (if it does it's missing a letter)
end
end
end

if is_set (err_type) then -- if there was an error detected
text = text .. ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_bibcode', {err_type});
options.coins_list_t['BIBCODE'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS

end
return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< B I O R X I V >-----------------------------------------------------------------

Format bioRxiv ID and do simple error checking. Before 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs were 10.1101/ followed by exactly
6 digits. After 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs retained the six-digit identifier but prefixed that with a yyyy.mm.dd.
date and suffixed with an optional version identifier.

The bioRxiv ID is the string of characters:
https://doi.org/10.1101/078733 -> 10.1101/078733
or a date followed by a six-digit number followed by an optional version indicator 'v' and one or more digits:
https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 -> 10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2

see https://www.biorxiv.org/about-biorxiv

]]

local function biorxiv (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_cat = true; -- flag; assume that there will be an error

local patterns = {
'^10.1101/%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- simple 6-digit identifier (before 2019-12-11)
'^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier + version (after 2019-12-11)
'^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier (after 2019-12-11)
}

for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the patterns looking for a match
if id:match (pattern) then
local y, m, d = id:match (pattern); -- found a match, attempt to get year, month and date from the identifier

if m then -- m is nil when id is the six-digit form
if not is_valid_biorxiv_date (y .. '-' .. m .. '-' .. d) then -- validate the encoded date; TODO: don't ignore leap-year and actual month lengths ({{#time:}} is a poor date validator)
break; -- date fail; break out early so we don't unset the error message
end
end
err_cat = nil; -- we found a match so unset the error message
break; -- and done
end
end -- err_cat remains set here when no match

if err_cat then
options.coins_list_t['BIORXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}) .. (err_cat and (' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_biorxiv')) or '');
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T E S E E R X >------------------------------------------------------------

CiteSeerX use their own notion of "doi" (not to be confused with the identifiers resolved via doi.org).

The description of the structure of this identifier can be found at Help_talk:Citation_Style_1/Archive_26#CiteSeerX_id_structure
]]

local function citeseerx (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local matched;

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,
access = handler.access});

matched = id:match ("^10%.1%.1%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?$");
if not matched then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_citeseerx' );
options.coins_list_t['CITESEERX'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< D O I >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.

DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant

This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the DOI name contains spaces or endashes, or, if it ends
with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.

DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely
if ever used in DOI names.

]]

local function doi (options)
local id = options.id;
local inactive = options.DoiBroken
local access = options.access;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_cat;

local text;
if is_set (inactive) then
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
local inactive_month, good;

if is_set (inactive_year) then
if 4 < inactive:len() then -- inactive date has more than just a year (could be anything)
local lang_obj = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki
good, inactive_month = pcall (lang_obj.formatDate, lang_obj, 'F', inactive); -- try to get the month name from the inactive date
if not good then
inactive_month = nil; -- something went wrong so make sure this is unset
end
end
else
inactive_year = nil; -- |doi-broken-date= has something but it isn't a date
end

if is_set (inactive_year) and is_set (inactive_month) then
set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, inactive_month, ' '});
elseif is_set (inactive_year) then
set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, '', ''});
else
set_message ('maint_doi_inactive');
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. ' ' .. inactive .. ')';
end

local registrant = id:match ('^10%.([^/]+)/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$'); -- registrant set when DOI has the proper basic form

local registrant_err_patterns = { -- these patterns are for code ranges that are not supported
'^[^1-3]%d%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 5 digits with subcode (0xxxx, 40000+); accepts: 10000–39999
'^[^1-5]%d%d%d%d$', -- 5 digits without subcode (0xxxx, 60000+); accepts: 10000–59999
'^[^1-9]%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 4 digits with subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999
'^[^1-9]%d%d%d$', -- 4 digits without subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999
'^%d%d%d%d%d%d+', -- 6 or more digits
'^%d%d?%d?$', -- less than 4 digits without subcode (with subcode is legitimate)
'^5555$', -- test registrant will never resolve
'[^%d%.]', -- any character that isn't a digit or a dot
}

if not ignore_invalid then
if registrant then -- when DOI has proper form
for i, pattern in ipairs (registrant_err_patterns) do -- spin through error patterns
if registrant:match (pattern) then -- to validate registrant codes
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- when found, mark this DOI as bad
break; -- and done
end
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- invalid directory or malformed
end
else
set_message ('maint_doi_ignore');
end

if err_cat then
options.coins_list_t['DOI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access,
auto_link = not (err_cat or is_set (inactive) or ignore_invalid) and 'doi' or nil -- do not auto-link when |doi-broken-date= has a value or when there is a DOI error or (to play it safe, after all, auto-linking is not essential) when invalid DOIs are ignored
}) .. (inactive or '');

return text .. (err_cat and err_cat or ''); -- parentheses required
end

--[[--------------------------< H D L >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats an HDL with minor error checking.

HDL names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
Prefix: character string using any character in the UCS-2 character set except '/'
Suffix: character string of any length using any character in the UCS-2 character set chosen by the registrant

This function checks a HDL name for: prefix/suffix. If the HDL name contains spaces, endashes, or, if it ends
with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_hdl error message.

HDL names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for endashes and
terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely
if ever used in HDLs.

Query string parameters are named here: http://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html. query strings are not displayed
but since '?' is an allowed character in an HDL, '?' followed by one of the query parameters is the only way we
have to detect the query string so that it isn't URL-encoded with the rest of the identifier.

]]

local function hdl (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local query_params = { -- list of known query parameters from http://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html
'noredirect',
'ignore_aliases',
'auth',
'cert',
'index',
'type',
'urlappend',
'locatt',
'action',
}

local hdl, suffix, param = id:match ('(.-)(%?(%a+).+)$'); -- look for query string
local found;

if hdl then -- when there are query strings, this is the handle identifier portion
for _, q in ipairs (query_params) do -- spin through the list of query parameters
if param:match ('^' .. q) then -- if the query string begins with one of the parameters
found = true; -- announce a find
break; -- and stop looking
end
end
end

if found then
id = hdl; -- found so replace id with the handle portion; this will be URL-encoded, suffix will not
else
suffix = ''; -- make sure suffix is empty string for concatenation else
end

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, suffix = suffix, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access})

if nil == id:match("^[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- HDL must contain a forward slash, must not contain spaces, endashes, and must not end with period or comma
text = text .. ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_hdl' );
options.coins_list_t['HDL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISBN string is valid

]]

local function isbn (options)
local isbn_str = options.id;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;
local handler = options.handler;

local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns
local ISBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = isbn_str, separator = handler.separator});
if ignore_invalid then -- if ignoring ISBN errors
set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error
else -- here when not ignoring
if not check then -- and there is an error
options.coins_list_t['ISBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
return ISBN .. set_message ('err_bad_isbn', {err_type}, false, ' '); -- display an error message
end
end
return ISBN;
end

if nil ~= isbn_str:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
end

local id = isbn_str:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace

local len = id:len();

if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length
end

if len == 10 then
if id:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then -- fail if isbn_str has 'X' anywhere but last position
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form);
end
if not is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- test isbn-10 for numerical validity
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- fail if isbn-10 is not numerically valid
end
if id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not valid isbn group ids but are used by amazon as numeric identifiers (asin)
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- fail if isbn-10 begins with 630/1
end
return return_result (true, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- pass if isbn-10 is numerically valid
else
if id:match ('^%d+$') == nil then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if ISBN-13 is not all digits
end
if id:match ('^97[89]%d*$') == nil then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.prefix); -- fail when ISBN-13 does not begin with 978 or 979
end
if id:match ('^9790') then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- group identifier '0' is reserved to ISMN
end
return return_result (is_valid_isxn_13 (id), cfg.err_msg_supl.check);
end
end

--[[--------------------------< A S I N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: ASIN must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, ASINs must be 10-digit
ISBN. If 10-digit ISBN, add a maintenance category so a bot or AWB script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not ISBN-10, if mixed and first character is a digit.

|asin=630....... and |asin=631....... are (apparently) not a legitimate ISBN though it checksums as one; these
do not cause this function to emit the maint_asin message

This function is positioned here because it calls isbn()

]]

local function asin (options)
local id = options.id;
local domain = options.ASINTLD;

local err_cat = ''

if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
else
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
if is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- see if ASIN value is or validates as ISBN-10
if not id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not a valid isbn prefixes but are used by amazon as a numeric identifier
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN has ISBN-10 form but begins with something other than 630/1 so probably an isbn
end
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not ISBN-10
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
end
end
if (not is_set (domain)) or in_array (domain, {'us'}) then -- default: United States
domain = "com";
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
domain = "co." .. domain;
elseif in_array (domain, {'z.cn'}) then -- China
domain = "cn";
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx', 'sg', 'tr'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico, Singapore, Turkey
domain = "com." .. domain;
elseif not in_array (domain, {'ae', 'ca', 'cn', 'de', 'es', 'fr', 'in', 'it', 'nl', 'pl', 'sa', 'se', 'co.jp', 'co.uk', 'com', 'com.au', 'com.br', 'com.mx', 'com.sg', 'com.tr'}) then -- Arabic Emirates, Canada, China, Germany, Spain, France, Indonesia, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Sweden (as of 2021-03 Austria (.at), Liechtenstein (.li) and Switzerland (.ch) still redirect to the German site (.de) with special settings, so don't maintain local ASINs for them)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_asin_tld'); -- unsupported asin-tld value
end
local handler = options.handler;

if not is_set (err_cat) then
options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/" .. id; -- experiment for asin coins
else
options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
id = id, encode = handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S M N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to ISBN-13, ISMN is 13 digits beginning 979-0-... and uses the
same check digit calculations. See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
section 2, pages 9–12.

ismn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx)
or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:)

]]

local function ismn (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local text;
local valid_ismn = true;
local id_copy;

id_copy = id; -- save a copy because this testing is destructive
id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and white space

if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match ("^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ISMN must be 13 digits and begin with 9790
valid_ismn = false;
else
valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ISMN
end

-- text = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
-- prefix = handler.prefix, id = id_copy, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})

text = table.concat ( -- because no place to link to yet
{
make_wikilink (link_label_make (handler), handler.label),
handler.separator,
id_copy
});

if false == valid_ismn then
options.coins_list_t['ISMN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because ismn not made part of COinS
text = text .. ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_ismn' ) -- add an error message if the ISMN is invalid
end

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format an ISSN. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but
has separated the two groups of four digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked
like this:

|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link

This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the ISSN midpoint. It also validates the ISSN for length
and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters
other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check ISSN error message. The
ISSN is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the ISSN was given as a single group of 8 digits.

]]

local function issn (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;

local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated ISSN; use this version for display if ISSN does not validate
local text;
local valid_issn = true;

id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace

if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match ("^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the ISSN: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
valid_issn = false; -- wrong length or improper character
else
valid_issn = is_valid_isxn (id, 8); -- validate ISSN
end

if true == valid_issn then
id = string.sub (id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub (id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
else
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, show the invalid ISSN with error message
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})

if ignore_invalid then
set_message ('maint_issn_ignore');
else
if false == valid_issn then
options.coins_list_t['ISSN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
text = text .. ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_issn', (options.hkey == 'EISSN') and 'e' or ''); -- add an error message if the ISSN is invalid
end
end

return text
end

--[[--------------------------< J F M >-----------------------------------------------------------------------

A numerical identifier in the form nn.nnnn.nn

]]

local function jfm (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local id_num;
local err_cat = '';

id_num = id:match ('^[Jj][Ff][Mm](.*)$'); -- identifier with jfm prefix; extract identifier

if is_set (id_num) then
set_message ('maint_jfm_format');
else -- plain number without JFM prefix
id_num = id; -- if here id does not have prefix
end

if id_num and id_num:match('^%d%d%.%d%d%d%d%.%d%d$') then
id = id_num; -- jfm matches pattern
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_jfm' ); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['JFM'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< J S T O R >--------------------------------------------------------------------

Format a JSTOR with some error checking

]]

local function jstor (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_msg = '';

if id:find ('[Jj][Ss][Tt][Oo][Rr]') or id:find ('^https?://') or id:find ('%s') then
err_msg = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_jstor'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['JSTOR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}) .. err_msg;
end

--[[--------------------------< L C C N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of
the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the rightmost eight are always digits.
http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/

length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lowercase alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lowercase alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha

]]

local function lccn (options)
local lccn = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the LCCN

id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the LCCN

if 8 == len then
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- wrong length, set an error message
end

if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
end

if is_set (err_cat) then
options.coins_list_t['LCCN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = lccn, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< M R >--------------------------------------------------------------------------

A seven digit number; if not seven digits, zero-fill leading digits to make seven digits.

]]

local function mr (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local id_num;
local id_len;
local err_cat = '';

id_num = id:match ('^[Mm][Rr](%d+)$'); -- identifier with mr prefix

if is_set (id_num) then
set_message ('maint_mr_format'); -- add maint cat
else -- plain number without mr prefix
id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits
end

id_len = id_num and id_num:len() or 0;
if (7 >= id_len) and (0 ~= id_len) then
id = string.rep ('0', 7-id_len) .. id_num; -- zero-fill leading digits
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_mr'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['MR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< O C L C >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format an OCLC ID. https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html {{dead link}}
archived at: https://web.archive.org/web/20161228233804/https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html

]]

local function oclc (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local number;
local err_msg = ''; -- empty string for concatenation

if id:match('^ocm%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocm prefix and 8 digits; 001 field (12 characters)
number = id:match('ocm(%d+)'); -- get the number
elseif id:match('^ocn%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocn prefix and 9 digits; 001 field (12 characters)
number = id:match('ocn(%d+)'); -- get the number
elseif id:match('^on%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+$') then -- on prefix and 10 or more digits; 001 field (12 characters)
number = id:match('^on(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+)$'); -- get the number
elseif id:match('^%(OCoLC%)[1-9]%d*$') then -- (OCoLC) prefix and variable number digits; no leading zeros; 035 field
number = id:match('%(OCoLC%)([1-9]%d*)'); -- get the number
if 9 < number:len() then
number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 9 digits; change this when OCLC issues 10-digit numbers
end
elseif id:match('^%d+$') then -- no prefix
number = id; -- get the number
if 10 < number:len() then
number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 10 digits; change this when OCLC issues 11-digit numbers
end
end

if number then -- proper format
id = number; -- exclude prefix, if any, from external link
else
err_msg = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_oclc') -- add an error message if the id is malformed
options.coins_list_t['OCLC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. err_msg;

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >--------------------------------------------------------

Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.

]]

local function openlibrary (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local ident, code = id:gsub('^OL', ''):match("^(%d+([AMW]))$"); -- strip optional OL prefix followed immediately by digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W';
local error_msg = '';
local prefix = { -- these are appended to the handler.prefix according to code
['A']='authors/OL',
['M']='books/OL',
['W']='works/OL',
['X']='OL' -- not a code; spoof when 'code' in id is invalid
};

if not ident then
code = 'X'; -- no code or id completely invalid
ident = id; -- copy id to ident so that we display the flawed identifier
error_msg = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_ol');
end

if not is_set (error_msg) then
options.coins_list_t['OL'] = handler.prefix .. prefix[code] .. ident; -- experiment for ol coins
else
options.coins_list_t['OL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix .. prefix[code],
id = ident, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode,
access = access}) .. error_msg;
end

--[[--------------------------< O S T I >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Format OSTI and do simple error checking. OSTIs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This
code checks the OSTI to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration;
the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more OSTIs are issued.

NB. 1018 is the lowest OSTI number found in the wild (so far) and resolving OK on the OSTI site

]]

local function osti (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that OSTI is valid

if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if OSTI has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
else -- OSTI is only digits
local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1018 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if OSTI is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.

The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.

PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link. Function is_embargoed ()
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.

PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.

]]

local function pmc (options)
local id = options.id;
local embargo = options.Embargo; -- TODO: lowercase?
local handler = options.handler;
local err_cat;
local id_num;
local text;

id_num = id:match ('^[Pp][Mm][Cc](%d+)$'); -- identifier with PMC prefix

if is_set (id_num) then
set_message ('maint_pmc_format');
else -- plain number without PMC prefix
id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits
end

if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it
id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message
else
id = tostring (id_num); -- make sure id is a string
end
else -- when id format incorrect
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message
end

if is_set (embargo) and is_set (is_embargoed (embargo)) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
text = table.concat ( -- still embargoed so no external link
{
make_wikilink (link_label_make (handler), handler.label),
handler.separator,
id,
(err_cat and err_cat or '') -- parens required
});
else
text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access,
auto_link = not err_cat and 'pmc' or nil -- do not auto-link when PMC has error
}) .. (err_cat and err_cat or ''); -- parentheses required
end

if err_cat then
options.coins_list_t['PMC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< P M I D >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This
code checks the PMID to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable
test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.

]]

local function pmid (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMID is valid

if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
else -- PMID is only digits
local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< R F C >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format RFC and do simple error checking. RFCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This
code checks the RFC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration;
the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more RFCs are issued.

An index of all RFCs is here: https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/

]]

local function rfc (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that RFC is valid

if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if RFC has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
else -- RFC is only digits
local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if RFC is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< S 2 C I D >--------------------------------------------------------------------

Format an S2CID, do simple error checking

S2CIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the S2CID to see that it is only
digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically
as more S2CIDs are issued.

]]

local function s2cid (options)
local id = options.id;
local access = options.access;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that S2CID is valid
local id_num;
local text;

id_num = id:match ('^[1-9]%d*$'); -- id must be all digits; must not begin with 0; no open access flag

if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it
id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing
if handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if S2CID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

else -- when id format incorrect
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}) .. err_cat;

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< S B N >------------------------------------------------------------------------

9-digit form of ISBN-10; uses same check-digit validation when SBN is prefixed with an additional '0' to make 10 digits

sbn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx)
or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:)

]]

local function sbn (options)
local id = options.id;
local ignore_invalid = options.accept;
local handler = options.handler;
local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns
local SBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator});
if not ignore_invalid then -- if not ignoring SBN errors
if not check then
options.coins_list_t['SBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because sbn not made part of COinS
return SBN .. set_message ('err_bad_sbn', {err_type}, false, ' '); -- display an error message
end
else
set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error (ToDo: Possibly switch to separate message for SBNs only)
end
return SBN;
end

if id:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if SBN contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
end

local ident = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace; they interfere with the rest of the tests

if 9 ~= ident:len() then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length
end

if ident:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then
return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); -- fail if SBN has 'X' anywhere but last position
end

return return_result (is_valid_isxn ('0' .. ident, 10), cfg.err_msg_supl.check);
end

--[[--------------------------< S S R N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Format an SSRN, do simple error checking

SSRNs are sequential numbers beginning at 100? and counting up. This code checks the SSRN to see that it is
only digits and is greater than 99 and less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need
to be updated periodically as more SSRNs are issued.

]]

local function ssrn (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that SSRN is valid
local id_num;
local text;

id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- id must be all digits

if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it
id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing
if 100 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if SSRN is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end
else -- when id format incorrect
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message
options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}) .. err_cat;

return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< U S E N E T _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format a usenet message id. Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.

]]

local function usenet_id (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;

local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})

if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$') then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
text = text .. ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_usenet_id') -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
options.coins_list_t['USENETID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return text
end

--[[--------------------------< Z B L >-----------------------------------------------------------------------

A numerical identifier in the form nnnn.nnnnn - leading zeros in the first quartet optional

format described here: http://emis.mi.sanu.ac.rs/ZMATH/zmath/en/help/search/

temporary format is apparently eight digits. Anything else is an error

]]

local function zbl (options)
local id = options.id;
local handler = options.handler;
local err_cat = '';

if id:match('^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- is this identifier using temporary format?
set_message ('maint_zbl'); -- yes, add maint cat
elseif not id:match('^%d?%d?%d?%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- not temporary, is it normal format?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_message ('err_bad_zbl'); -- no, set an error message
options.coins_list_t['ZBL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS
end

return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect,
prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--============================<< I N T E R F A C E F U N C T I O N S >>==========================================

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D S >------------------------------------------------------------

Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for
any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters. If found, adds the parameter and value to
the identifier list. Emits redundant error message if more than one alias exists in args

]]

local function extract_ids (args)
local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args
for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do -- k is uppercase identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
v = select_one (args, v.parameters, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present
if is_set (v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list
end
return id_list;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D _ A C C E S S _ L E V E L S >--------------------------------------

Fetches custom id access levels from arguments using configuration settings. Parameters which have a predefined access
level (e.g. arxiv) do not use this function as they are directly rendered as free without using an additional parameter.

returns a table of k/v pairs where k is same as the identifier's key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned (valid) keyword

access-level values must match the case used in cfg.keywords_lists['id-access'] (lowercase unless there is some special reason for something else)

]]

local function extract_id_access_levels (args, id_list)
local id_accesses_list = {};
for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do
local access_param = v.custom_access; -- name of identifier's access-level parameter
if is_set (access_param) then
local access_level = args[access_param]; -- get the assigned value if there is one
if is_set (access_level) then
if not in_array (access_level, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then -- exact match required
table.insert (z.message_tail, { set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {access_param, access_level}, true) } );
access_level = nil; -- invalid so unset
end
if not is_set (id_list[k]) then -- identifier access-level must have a matching identifier
table.insert (z.message_tail, { set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {k:lower()}, true) } ); -- parameter name is uppercase in cfg.id_handlers (k); lowercase for error message
end
id_accesses_list[k] = cfg.keywords_xlate[access_level]; -- get translated keyword
end
end
end
return id_accesses_list;
end

--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >----------------------------------------------------

render the identifiers into a sorted sequence table

<ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value
<options_t> is a table of various k/v option pairs provided in the call to new_build_id_list();
modified by this function and passed to all identifier rendering functions
<access_levels_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value (if valid)

returns a sequence table of sorted (by hkey - 'handler' key) rendered identifier strings

]]

local function build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, access_levels_t)
local ID_list_t = {};
local accept;
local func_map = { --function map points to functions associated with hkey identifier
['ARXIV'] = arxiv,
['ASIN'] = asin,
['BIBCODE'] = bibcode,
['BIORXIV'] = biorxiv,
['CITESEERX'] = citeseerx,
['DOI'] = doi,
['EISSN'] = issn,
['HDL'] = hdl,
['ISBN'] = isbn,
['ISMN'] = ismn,
['ISSN'] = issn,
['JFM'] = jfm,
['JSTOR'] = jstor,
['LCCN'] = lccn,
['MR'] = mr,
['OCLC'] = oclc,
['OL'] = openlibrary,
['OSTI'] = osti,
['PMC'] = pmc,
['PMID'] = pmid,
['RFC'] = rfc,
['S2CID'] = s2cid,
['SBN'] = sbn,
['SSRN'] = ssrn,
['USENETID'] = usenet_id,
['ZBL'] = zbl,
}

for hkey, v in pairs (ID_list_coins_t) do
v, accept = has_accept_as_written (v); -- remove accept-as-written markup if present; accept is boolean true when markup removed; false else
-- every function gets the options table with value v and accept boolean
options_t.hkey = hkey; -- ~/Configuration handler key
options_t.id = v; -- add that identifier value to the options table
options_t.accept = accept; -- add the accept boolean flag
options_t.access = access_levels_t[hkey]; -- add the access level for those that have an |<identifier-access= parameter
options_t.handler = cfg.id_handlers[hkey];
options_t.coins_list_t = ID_list_coins_t; -- pointer to ID_list_coins_t; for |asin= and |ol=; also to keep erroneous values out of the citation's metadata

if func_map[hkey] then
table.insert (ID_list_t, {hkey, func_map[hkey] (options_t)}); -- call the function and add the results to the output sequence table
else
error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_key'] .. ' ' .. hkey); -- here when func_map doesn't have a function for hkey
end
end

local function comp (a, b) -- used by following table.sort()
return a[1]:lower() < b[1]:lower(); -- sort by hkey
end

table.sort (ID_list_t, comp); -- sequence table of tables sort
for k, v in ipairs (ID_list_t) do -- convert sequence table of tables to simple sequence table of strings
ID_list_t[k] = v[2]; -- v[2] is the identifier rendering from the call to the various functions in func_map{}
end

return ID_list_t;
end

--[[--------------------------< O P T I O N S _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------------

check that certain option parameters have their associated identifier parameters with values

<ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value
<ID_support_t> is a sequence table of tables created in citation0() where each subtable has four elements:
[1] is the support parameter's assigned value; empty string if not set
[2] is a text string same as key in cfg.id_handlers
[3] is cfg.error_conditions key used to create error message
[4] is original ID support parameter name used to create error message

returns nothing; on error emits an appropriate error message

]]

local function options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t)
for _, v in ipairs (ID_support_t) do
if is_set (v[1]) and not ID_list_coins_t[v[2]] then -- when support parameter has a value but matching identifier parameter is missing or empty
table.insert (z.message_tail, {set_message (v[3], (v[4]))}); -- emit the appropriate error message
end
end
end

--[[--------------------------< I D E N T I F I E R _ L I S T S _ G E T >--------------------------------------

Creates two identifier lists: a k/v table of identifiers and their values to be used locally and for use in the
COinS metadata, and a sequence table of the rendered identifier strings that will be included in the rendered
citation.

]]

local function identifier_lists_get (args, options_t, ID_support_t)
local ID_list_coins_t = extract_ids (args); -- get a table of identifiers and their values for use locally and for use in COinS
options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t); -- ID support parameters must have matching identifier parameters
local ID_access_levels_t = extract_id_access_levels (args, ID_list_coins_t); -- get a table of identifier access levels
local ID_list_t = build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, ID_access_levels_t); -- get a sequence table of rendered identifier strings

return ID_list_t, ID_list_coins_t; -- return the tables
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >--------------------------------------

Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules.

]]

local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr)
cfg = cfg_table_ptr;

has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from select Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module
is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set;
in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array;
set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message;
select_one = utilities_page_ptr.select_one;
substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute;
make_wikilink = utilities_page_ptr.make_wikilink;

z = utilities_page_ptr.z; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {
auto_link_urls = auto_link_urls, -- table of identifier URLs to be used when auto-linking |title=

identifier_lists_get = identifier_lists_get, -- experiment to replace individual calls to build_id_list, extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels
is_embargoed = is_embargoed;
set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules;
}

Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation

2021-09-26T15:44:16Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local add_prop_cat, is_set, in_array, set_message, substitute, wrap_style; -- imported functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration

--[[--------------------------< F I L E - S C O P E D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------

File-scope variables are declared here

]]

local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- used by is_valid_accessdate(), is_valid_year(), date_name_xlate(); TODO: move to ~/Configuration?
local year_limit; -- used by is_valid_year()

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ A C C E S S D A T E >----------------------------------------

returns true if:
Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < today + 2 days

Wikipedia start date is 2001-01-15T00:00:00 UTC which is 979516800 seconds after 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC (the start of Unix time)
accessdate is the date provided in |access-date= at time 00:00:00 UTC
today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours
if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then
adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today
adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow

This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser
apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date
contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang.formatDate(). To get around that
call this function with YYYY-MM-DD format dates.

]=]

local function is_valid_accessdate (accessdate)
local good1, good2;
local access_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix time stamps representing the dates

good1, access_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', accessdate ); -- convert accessdate value to Unix timestamp
good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow

if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which which tonumber() may not understand
access_ts = tonumber (access_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (access_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison;
tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts);
else
return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix time stamp
end

if 979516800 <= access_ts and access_ts < tomorrow_ts then -- Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < tomorrow's date
return true;
else
return false; -- accessdate out of range
end
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ E M B A R G O _ D A T E >------------------------------------

returns true and date value if that value has proper dmy, mdy, ymd format.

returns false and 9999 (embargoed forever) when date value is not proper format; assumes that when |pmc-embargo-date= is
set, the editor intended to embargo a PMC but |pmc-embargo-date= does not hold a single date.

]]

local function is_valid_embargo_date (v)
if v:match ('^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$') or -- ymd
v:match ('^%d%d?%s+%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$') or -- dmy
v:match ('^%a+%s+%d%d?%s*,%s*%d%d%d%d$') then -- mdy
return true, v;
end
return false, '9999'; -- if here not good date so return false and set embargo date to long time in future
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ M O N T H _ N U M B E R >----------------------------------------------

returns a number according to the month in a date: 1 for January, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct.
If not a valid month, returns 0

]]

local function get_month_number (month)
return cfg.date_names['local'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['local'].short[month] or -- look for local names first
cfg.date_names['en'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['en'].short[month] or -- failing that, look for English names
0; -- not a recognized month name
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E A S O N _ N U M B E R >--------------------------------------------

returns a number according to the sequence of seasons in a year: 21 for Spring, etc. Capitalization and spelling
must be correct. If not a valid season, returns 0.
21-24 = Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter, independent of “Hemisphere”

returns 0 when <param> is not |date=

Season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/)
which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using
numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south
hemisphere seasons but cs1|2 has no way to make that distinction.

These additional divisions not currently supported:
25-28 = Spring - Northern Hemisphere, Summer- Northern Hemisphere, Autumn - Northern Hemisphere, Winter - Northern Hemisphere
29-32 = Spring – Southern Hemisphere, Summer– Southern Hemisphere, Autumn – Southern Hemisphere, Winter - Southern Hemisphere
33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each)
37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each)
40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each)

]]

local function get_season_number (season, param)
if 'date' ~= param then
return 0; -- season dates only supported by |date=
end
return cfg.date_names['local'].season[season] or -- look for local names first
cfg.date_names['en'].season[season] or -- failing that, look for English names
0; -- not a recognized season name
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ Q U A R T E R _ N U M B E R >------------------------------------------

returns a number according to the sequence of quarters in a year: 33 for first quarter, etc. Capitalization and spelling
must be correct. If not a valid quarter, returns 0.
33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each)

returns 0 when <param> is not |date=

Quarter numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/)
which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using
numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons and quarters.

These additional divisions not currently supported:
37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each)
40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each)

]]

local function get_quarter_number (quarter, param)
if 'date' ~= param then
return 0; -- quarter dates only supported by |date=
end
quarter = mw.ustring.gsub (quarter, ' +', ' '); -- special case replace multiple space chars with a single space char
return cfg.date_names['local'].quarter[quarter] or -- look for local names first
cfg.date_names['en'].quarter[quarter] or -- failing that, look for English names
0; -- not a recognized quarter name
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ P R O P E R _ N A M E _ N U M B E R >----------------------------------

returns a non-zero number if date contains a recognized proper-name. Capitalization and spelling must be correct.

returns 0 when <param> is not |date=

]]

local function get_proper_name_number (name, param)
if 'date' ~= param then
return 0; -- proper-name dates only supported by |date=
end
return cfg.date_names['local'].named[name] or -- look for local names dates first
cfg.date_names['en'].named[name] or -- failing that, look for English names
0; -- not a recognized named date
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ E L E M E N T _ N U M B E R <------------------------------------------

returns true if month or season or quarter or proper name is valid (properly spelled, capitalized, abbreviated)

]]

local function get_element_number (element, param)
local num;

local funcs = {get_month_number, get_season_number, get_quarter_number, get_proper_name_number}; -- list of functions to execute in order

for _, func in ipairs (funcs) do -- spin through the function list
num = func (element, param); -- call the function and get the returned number
if 0 ~= num then -- non-zero when valid month season quarter
return num; -- return that number
end
end
return nil; -- not valid
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ Y E A R >----------------------------------------------------

Function gets current year from the server and compares it to year from a citation parameter. Years more than one
year in the future are not acceptable.

]]

local function is_valid_year (year)
if not is_set(year_limit) then
year_limit = tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+1; -- global variable so we only have to fetch it once
end

year = tonumber (year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (year); -- convert to numbers for the comparison;
return year and (year <= year_limit) or false;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ D A T E >----------------------------------------------------

Returns true if day is less than or equal to the number of days in month and year is no farther into the future
than next year; else returns false.

Assumes Julian calendar prior to year 1582 and Gregorian calendar thereafter. Accounts for Julian calendar leap
years before 1582 and Gregorian leap years after 1582. Where the two calendars overlap (1582 to approximately
1923) dates are assumed to be Gregorian.

]]

local function is_valid_date (year, month, day)
local days_in_month = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31};
local month_length;
if not is_valid_year(year) then -- no farther into the future than next year
return false;
end

month = tonumber(month); -- required for YYYY-MM-DD dates

if (2 == month) then -- if February
month_length = 28; -- then 28 days unless
if 1582 > tonumber(year) then -- Julian calendar
if 0 == (year%4) then -- is a leap year?
month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February
end
else -- Gregorian calendar
if (0 == (year%4) and (0 ~= (year%100) or 0 == (year%400))) then -- is a leap year?
month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February
end
end
else
month_length = days_in_month[month];
end

if tonumber (day) > month_length then
return false;
end
return true;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ R A N G E _ S T Y L E >--------------------------

Months in a range are expected to have the same style: Jan–Mar or October–December but not February–Mar or Jul–August.
There is a special test for May because it can be either short or long form.

Returns true when style for both months is the same

]]

local function is_valid_month_range_style (month1, month2)
local len1 = month1:len();
local len2 = month2:len();
if len1 == len2 then
return true; -- both months are short form so return true
elseif 'May' == month1 or 'May'== month2 then -- ToDo: I18N
return true; -- both months are long form so return true
elseif 3 == len1 or 3 == len2 then
return false; -- months are mixed form so return false
else
return true; -- both months are long form so return true
end
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ S E A S O N _ R A N G E >------------------------

Check a pair of months or seasons to see if both are valid members of a month or season pair.

Month pairs are expected to be left to right, earliest to latest in time.

All season ranges are accepted as valid because there are publishers out there who have published a Summer–Spring YYYY issue, hence treat as ok

]]

local function is_valid_month_season_range(range_start, range_end, param)
local range_start_number = get_month_number (range_start);
local range_end_number;

if 0 == range_start_number then -- is this a month range?
range_start_number = get_season_number (range_start, param); -- not a month; is it a season? get start season number
range_end_number = get_season_number (range_end, param); -- get end season number

if (0 ~= range_start_number) and (0 ~= range_end_number) and (range_start_number ~= range_end_number) then
return true; -- any season pairing is accepted except when both are the same
end
return false; -- range_start and/or range_end is not a season
end
-- here when range_start is a month
range_end_number = get_month_number (range_end); -- get end month number
if range_start_number < range_end_number and -- range_start is a month; does range_start precede range_end?
is_valid_month_range_style (range_start, range_end) then -- do months have the same style?
return true; -- proper order and same style
end
return false; -- range_start month number is greater than or equal to range end number; or range end isn't a month
end

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ D A T E >------------------------------------------------

This function receives a table of date parts for one or two dates and an empty table reference declared in
Module:Citation/CS1. The function is called only for |date= parameters and only if the |date=<value> is
determined to be a valid date format. The question of what to do with invalid date formats is not answered here.

The date parts in the input table are converted to an ISO 8601 conforming date string:
single whole dates: yyyy-mm-dd
month and year dates: yyyy-mm
year dates: yyyy
ranges: yyyy-mm-dd/yyyy-mm-dd
yyyy-mm/yyyy-mm
yyyy/yyyy

Dates in the Julian calendar are reduced to year or year/year so that we don't have to do calendar conversion from
Julian to Proleptic Gregorian.

The input table has:
year, year2 – always present; if before 1582, ignore months and days if present
month, month2 – 0 if not provided, 1-12 for months, 21-24 for seasons; 99 Christmas
day, day2 – 0 if not provided, 1-31 for days

the output table receives:
rftdate: an ISO 8601 formatted date
rftchron: a free-form version of the date, usually without year which is in rftdate (season ranges and proper-name dates)
rftssn: one of four season keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall (lowercase)
rftquarter: one of four values: 1, 2, 3, 4

]]

local function make_COinS_date (input, tCOinS_date)
local date; -- one date or first date in a range
local date2 = ''; -- end of range date
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty detection
local year = tonumber(input.year); -- this temporary code to determine the extent of sources dated to the Julian/Gregorian
local month = tonumber(input.month); -- interstice 1 October 1582 – 1 January 1926
local day = tonumber (input.day);
if (0 ~= day) and -- day must have a value for this to be a whole date
(((1582 == year) and (10 <= month) and (12 >= month)) or -- any whole 1582 date from 1 October to 31 December or
((1926 == year) and (1 == month) and (1 == input.day)) or -- 1 January 1926 or
((1582 < year) and (1925 >= year))) then -- any date 1 January 1583 – 31 December 1925
tCOinS_date.inter_cal_cat = true; -- set category flag true
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty detection

if 1582 > tonumber(input.year) or 20 < tonumber(input.month) then -- Julian calendar or season so &rft.date gets year only
date = input.year;
if 0 ~= input.year2 and input.year ~= input.year2 then -- if a range, only the second year portion when not the same as range start year
date = string.format ('%.4d/%.4d', tonumber(input.year), tonumber(input.year2)) -- assemble the date range
end
if 20 < tonumber(input.month) then -- if season or proper-name date
local season = {[24] = 'winter', [21] = 'spring', [22] = 'summer', [23] = 'fall', [33] = '1', [34] = '2', [35] = '3', [36] = '4', [98] = 'Easter', [99] = 'Christmas'}; -- seasons lowercase, no autumn; proper-names use title case
if 0 == input.month2 then -- single season date
if 40 < tonumber(input.month) then
tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month]; -- proper-name dates
elseif 30 < tonumber(input.month) then
tCOinS_date.rftquarter = season[input.month]; -- quarters
else
tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- seasons
end
else -- season range with a second season specified
if input.year ~= input.year2 then -- season year – season year range or season year–year
tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- start of range season; keep this?
if 0~= input.month2 then
tCOinS_date.rftchron = string.format ('%s %s – %s %s', season[input.month], input.year, season[input.month2], input.year2);
end
else -- season–season year range
tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- start of range season; keep this?
tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month] .. '–' .. season[input.month2]; -- season–season year range
end
end
end
tCOinS_date.rftdate = date;
return; -- done
end

if 0 ~= input.day then
date = string.format ('%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month), tonumber(input.day)); -- whole date
elseif 0 ~= input.month then
date = string.format ('%s-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month)); -- year and month
else
date = string.format ('%s', input.year); -- just year
end

if 0 ~= input.year2 then
if 0 ~= input.day2 then
date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2), tonumber(input.day2)); -- whole date
elseif 0 ~= input.month2 then
date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2)); -- year and month
else
date2 = string.format ('/%s', input.year2); -- just year
end
end

tCOinS_date.rftdate = date .. date2; -- date2 has the '/' separator
return;
end

--[[--------------------------< P A T T E R N S >--------------------------------------------------------------

this is the list of patterns for date formats that this module recognizes. Approximately the first half of these
patterns represent formats that might be reformatted into another format. Those that might be reformatted have
'indicator' letters that identify the content of the matching capture: 'd' (day), 'm' (month), 'a' (anchor year),
'y' (year); second day, month, year have a '2' suffix.

These patterns are used for both date validation and for reformatting. This table should not be moved to ~/Configuration
because changes to this table require changes to check_date() and to reformatter() and reformat_date()

]]

local patterns = {
-- year-initial numerical year-month-day
['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'},
-- month-initial: month day, year
['Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'a', 'y'},
-- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash
['Md-dy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'a', 'y'},
-- day-initial: day month year
['dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'},
-- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed; not supported at en.wiki
-- ['yMd'] = {'^((%d%d%d%d?)%a?) +(%D-) +(%d%d?)$', 'a', 'y', 'm', 'd'},
-- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash
['d-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'a', 'y'},
-- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash
['dM-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y'},
-- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash
['Md-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$','m', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y'},
-- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash
['dMy-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'},
-- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash
['Mdy-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y2'},

-- these date formats cannot be converted, per se, but month name can be rendered short or long
-- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash
['My-My'] = {'^(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'},
-- month/season range year; months separated by endash
['M-My'] = {'^(%D-)[%-–](%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'm2', 'a', 'y'},
-- month/season year or proper-name year; quarter year when First Quarter YYYY etc.
['My'] = {'^([^%d–]-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- this way because endash is a member of %D; %D- will match January–March 2019 when it shouldn't

-- these date formats cannot be converted
['Sy4-y2'] = {'^(%D-) +((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash
['Sy-y'] = {'^(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash
['y-y'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d?)[%-–]((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999
['y4-y2'] = {'^((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash
['ymx'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-XX$', 'y', 'm'}, -- edtf year-initial numerical year-month-XX
['y'] = {'^((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY
}

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ D A T E >----------------------------------------------------------

Check date format to see that it is one of the formats approved by WP:DATESNO or WP:DATERANGE. Exception: only
allowed range separator is endash. Additionally, check the date to see that it is a real date: no 31 in 30-day
months; no 29 February when not a leap year. Months, both long-form and three character abbreviations, and seasons
must be spelled correctly. Future years beyond next year are not allowed.

If the date fails the format tests, this function returns false and does not return values for anchor_year and
COinS_date. When this happens, the date parameter is (DEBUG: not?) used in the COinS metadata and the CITEREF identifier gets
its year from the year parameter if present otherwise CITEREF does not get a date value.

Inputs:
date_string - date string from date-holding parameters (date, year, publication-date, access-date, pmc-embargo-date, archive-date, lay-date)

Returns:
false if date string is not a real date; else
true, anchor_year, COinS_date
anchor_year can be used in CITEREF anchors
COinS_date is ISO 8601 format date; see make_COInS_date()

]]

local function check_date (date_string, param, tCOinS_date)
local year; -- assume that year2, months, and days are not used;
local year2 = 0; -- second year in a year range
local month = 0;
local month2 = 0; -- second month in a month range
local day = 0;
local day2 = 0; -- second day in a day range
local anchor_year;
local coins_date;

if date_string:match (patterns['ymd'][1]) then -- year-initial numerical year month day format
year, month, day = date_string:match (patterns['ymd'][1]);
if 12 < tonumber(month) or 1 > tonumber(month) or 1582 > tonumber(year) or 0 == tonumber(day) then return false; end -- month or day number not valid or not Gregorian calendar
anchor_year = year;

elseif date_string:match (patterns['ymx'][1]) then -- year-initial numerical year month edtf format
year, month = date_string:match (patterns['ymx'][1]);
if 12 < tonumber(month) or 1 > tonumber(month) or 1582 > tonumber(year) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end -- month number not valid or not Gregorian calendar or future year
anchor_year = year;

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy'][1]) then -- month-initial: month day, year
month, day, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy'][1]);
month = get_month_number (month);
if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-dy'][1]) then -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash
month, day, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-dy'][1]);
if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same;
month = get_month_number (month);
if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months
month2=month; -- for metadata
year2 = year;

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy'][1]) then -- day-initial: day month year
day, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy'][1]);
month = get_month_number (month);
if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months

--[[ NOT supported at en.wiki
elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['yMd'][1]) then -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed
anchor_year, year, month, day = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['yMd'][1]);
month = get_month_number (month);
if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months
-- end NOT supported at en.wiki ]]

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['d-dMy'][1]) then -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash
day, day2, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['d-dMy'][1]);
if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same;
month = get_month_number (month);
if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months
month2 = month; -- for metadata
year2 = year;

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dM-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash
day, month, day2, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dM-dMy'][1]);
if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later;
month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata
month2 = get_month_number (month2);
year2 = year;

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash
month, day, month2, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-Mdy'][1]);
if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end
month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata
month2 = get_month_number (month2);
year2 = year;

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash
day, month, year, day2, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy-dMy'][1]);
if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later
if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style
month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata
month2 = get_month_number (month2);
if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash
month, day, year, month2, day2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy-Mdy'][1]);
if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later
if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style
month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata
month2 = get_month_number(month2);
if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy4-y2'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash
local century;
month, year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy4-y2'][1]);
if 'Winter' ~= month and 'Summer' ~= month then return false end; -- 'month' can only be Winter or Summer
anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years
year2 = century..year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons
if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later
if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year
month = get_season_number(month, param);

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy-y'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash
month, year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy-y'][1]);
if 'Winter' ~= month and 'Summer' ~= month then return false end; -- 'month' can only be Winter or Summer
anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years
if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later
if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year
month = get_season_number (month, param); -- for metadata

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My-My'][1]) then -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash
month, year, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My-My'][1]);
anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years
if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same
if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year
if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) and 0 ~= get_month_number(month2) and is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then -- both must be month year, same month style
month = get_month_number(month);
month2 = get_month_number(month2);
elseif 0 ~= get_season_number(month, param) and 0 ~= get_season_number(month2, param) then -- both must be season year, not mixed
month = get_season_number(month, param);
month2 = get_season_number(month2, param);
else
return false;
end

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['M-My'][1]) then -- month/season range year; months separated by endash
month, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['M-My'][1]);
if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or (not is_valid_year(year)) then return false; end
if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) then -- determined to be a valid range so just check this one to know if month or season
month = get_month_number(month);
month2 = get_month_number(month2);
if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end
else
month = get_season_number(month, param);
month2 = get_season_number(month2, param);
end
year2 = year;

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My'][1]) then -- month/season/quarter/proper-name year
month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My'][1]);
if not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end
month = get_element_number(month, param); -- get month season quarter proper-name number or nil
if not month then return false; end -- not valid whatever it is

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y-y'][1]) then -- Year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999
year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y-y'][1]);
anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years
if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same
if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y4-y2'][1]) then -- Year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash
local century;
year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y4-y2'][1]);
anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years

if in_array (param, {'date', 'publication-date', 'year'}) then
add_prop_cat ('year_range_abbreviated');
end

if 13 > tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- don't allow 2003-05 which might be May 2003
year2 = century .. year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons
if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same
if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y'][1]) then -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY
anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y'][1]);
if false == is_valid_year(year) then
return false;
end

else
return false; -- date format not one of the MOS:DATE approved formats
end

if 'access-date' == param then -- test accessdate here because we have numerical date parts
if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required
0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- none of these; accessdate must not be a range
if not is_valid_accessdate(year .. '-' .. month .. '-' .. day) then
return false; -- return false when accessdate out of bounds
end
else
return false; -- return false when accessdate is a range of two dates
end
end

local result=true; -- check whole dates for validity; assume true because not all dates will go through this test
if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- YMD (simple whole date)
result = is_valid_date(year, month, day);

elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-d (day range)
result = is_valid_date(year, month, day);
result = result and is_valid_date(year, month, day2);

elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-md (day month range)
result = is_valid_date(year, month, day);
result = result and is_valid_date(year, month2, day2);

elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 ~= year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-ymd (day month year range)
result = is_valid_date(year, month, day);
result = result and is_valid_date(year2, month2, day2);
end

if false == result then return false; end

if nil ~= tCOinS_date then -- this table only passed into this function when testing |date= parameter values
make_COinS_date ({year = year, month = month, day = day, year2 = year2, month2 = month2, day2 = day2}, tCOinS_date); -- make an ISO 8601 date string for COinS
end

return true, anchor_year; -- format is good and date string represents a real date
end

--[[--------------------------< D A T E S >--------------------------------------------------------------------

Cycle the date-holding parameters in passed table date_parameters_list through check_date() to check compliance with MOS:DATE. For all valid dates, check_date() returns
true. The |date= parameter test is unique, it is the only date holding parameter from which values for anchor_year (used in CITEREF identifiers) and COinS_date (used in
the COinS metadata) are derived. The |date= parameter is the only date-holding parameter that is allowed to contain the no-date keywords "n.d." or "nd" (without quotes).

Unlike most error messages created in this module, only one error message is created by this function. Because all of the date holding parameters are processed serially,
parameters with errors are added to the <error_list> sequence table as the dates are tested.

]]

local function dates(date_parameters_list, tCOinS_date, error_list)
local anchor_year; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date=
local COinS_date; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date=
local embargo_date; -- if embargo date is a good dmy, mdy, ymd date then holds original value else reset to 9999
local good_date = false;

for k, v in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list
if is_set(v.val) then -- if the parameter has a value
v.val = mw.ustring.gsub(v.val, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
if v.val:match("^c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- special case for c. year or with or without CITEREF disambiguator - only |date= and |year=
local year = v.val:match("c%. ([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?"); -- get the year portion so it can be tested
if 'date' == k then
anchor_year, COinS_date = v.val:match("((c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)"); -- anchor year and COinS_date only from |date= parameter
good_date = is_valid_year(year);
elseif 'year' == k then
good_date = is_valid_year(year);
end
elseif 'date' == k then -- if the parameter is |date=
if v.val:match("^n%.d%.%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=n.d. with or without a CITEREF disambiguator
good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((n%.d%.)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "n.d."; no error when date parameter is set to no date
elseif v.val:match("^nd%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=nd with or without a CITEREF disambiguator
good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((nd)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "nd"; no error when date parameter is set to no date
else
good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = check_date (v.val, k, tCOinS_date); -- go test the date
end
elseif 'year' == k then -- if the parameter is |year= it should hold only a year value
if v.val:match("^[1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- if |year = 3 or 4 digits only with or without a CITEREF disambiguator
good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((%d+)%a?)");
end
elseif 'pmc-embargo-date' == k then -- if the parameter is |pmc-embargo-date=
good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date
if true == good_date then -- if the date is a valid date
good_date, embargo_date = is_valid_embargo_date (v.val); -- is |pmc-embargo-date= date a single dmy, mdy, or ymd formatted date? yes: returns embargo; no: returns 9999
end
else -- any other date-holding parameter
good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date
end
if false == good_date then -- assemble one error message so we don't add the tracking category multiple times
table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', v.name)); -- make parameter name suitable for error message list
end
end
end
return anchor_year, embargo_date; -- and done
end

--[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------------

Compare the value provided in |year= with the year value(s) provided in |date=. This function sets a local numeric value:
0 - year value does not match the year value in date
1 - (default) year value matches the year value in date or one of the year values when date contains two years
2 - year value matches the year value in date when date is in the form YYYY-MM-DD and year is disambiguated (|year=YYYYx)

the numernic value in <result> determines the 'output' if any from this function:
0 – adds error message to error_list sequence table
1 – adds maint cat
2 – does nothing

]]

local function year_date_check (year_string, year_origin, date_string, date_origin, error_list)
local year;
local date1;
local date2;
local result = 1; -- result of the test; assume that the test passes

year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d?)');

if date_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d') and year_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%a') then --special case where both date and year are required YYYY-MM-DD and YYYYx
date1 = date_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)');
year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)');
if year ~= date1 then
result = 0; -- years don't match
else
result = 2; -- years match; but because disambiguated, don't add to maint cat
end

elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?.-%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard range formats of date with two three- or four-digit years
date1, date2 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?).-(%d%d%d%d?)");
if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then
result = 0;
end

elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, "%d%d%d%d[%-–]%d%d") then -- YYYY-YY date ranges
local century;
date1, century, date2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, "((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]+(%d%d)");
date2 = century..date2; -- convert YY to YYYY
if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then
result = 0;
end

elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard formats of date with one year
date1 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?)");
if year ~= date1 then
result = 0;
end
else -- should never get here; this function called only when no other date errors
result = 0; -- no recognizable year in date
end

if 0 == result then -- year / date mismatch
table.insert (error_list, substitute (cfg.messages['mismatch'], {year_origin, date_origin})); -- add error message to error_list sequence table
elseif 1 == result then -- redundant year / date
set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat
end
end

--[[--------------------------< R E F O R M A T T E R >--------------------------------------------------------

reformat 'date' into new format specified by format_param if pattern_idx (the current format of 'date') can be
reformatted. Does the grunt work for reformat_dates().

The table re_formats maps pattern_idx (current format) and format_param (desired format) to a table that holds:
format string used by string.format()
identifier letters ('d', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2') that serve as indexes into a table t{} that holds captures
from mw.ustring.match() for the various date parts specified by patterns[pattern_idx][1]

Items in patterns{} have the general form:
['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, where:
['ymd'] is pattern_idx
patterns['ymd'][1] is the match pattern with captures for mw.ustring.match()
patterns['ymd'][2] is an indicator letter identifying the content of the first capture
patterns['ymd'][3] ... the second capture etc.

when a pattern matches a date, the captures are loaded into table t{} in capture order using the idemtifier
characters as indexes into t{} For the above, a ymd date is in t{} as:
t.y = first capture (year), t.m = second capture (month), t.d = third capture (day)

To reformat, this function is called with the pattern_idx that matches the current format of the date and with
format_param set to the desired format. This function loads table t{} as described and then calls string.format()
with the format string specified by re_format[pattern_idx][format_param][1] using values taken from t{} according
to the capture identifier letters specified by patterns[pattern_idx][format_param][n] where n is 2..

]]

local re_formats = {
['ymd'] = { -- date format is ymd; reformat to:
['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy
['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy
-- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki
},
['Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy; reformat to:
['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy
['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd
-- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki
},
['dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy; reformat to:
['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy
['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd
-- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki
},
['Md-dy'] = { -- date format is Md-dy; reformat to:
['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> d-dMy
},
['d-dMy'] = { -- date format is d-d>y; reformat to:
['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-dy
},
['dM-dMy'] = { -- date format is dM-dMy; reformat to:
['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-Mdy
},
['Md-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Md-Mdy; reformat to:
['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> dM-dMy
},
['dMy-dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy-dMy; reformat to:
['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- |df=mdy -> Mdy-Mdy
},
['Mdy-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy-Mdy; reformat to:
['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting
['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- |df=dmy -> dMy-dMy
},
['My-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting
['any'] = {'%s %s – %s %s', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic
},
['M-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting
['any'] = {'%s–%s %s', 'm', 'm2', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic
},
['My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting
['any'] = {'%s %s', 'm', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic
},
-- ['yMd'] = { -- not supported at en.wiki
-- ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy
-- ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy
-- ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd
-- },
}

local function reformatter (date, pattern_idx, format_param, mon_len)
if not in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Mdy', 'Md-dy', 'dMy', 'yMd', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then
return; -- not in this set of date format patterns then not a reformattable date
end

if 'ymd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then
return; -- ymd date ranges not supported at en.wiki; no point in reformatting ymd to ymd
end

if in_array (pattern_idx, {'My', 'M-My', 'My-My'}) then -- these are not dmy/mdy so can't be 'reformatted' into either
format_param = 'any'; -- so format-agnostic
end

-- yMd is not supported at en.wiki; if yMd is supported at your wiki, uncomment the next line
-- if 'yMd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'yMd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy'}) then -- these formats not convertable; yMd not supported at en.wiki
-- if yMd is supported at your wiki, remove or comment-out the next line
if 'yMd' == format_param then -- yMd not supported at en.wiki
return; -- not a reformattable date
end

local c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7; -- these hold the captures specified in patterns[pattern_idx][1]
c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7 = mw.ustring.match (date, patterns[pattern_idx][1]); -- get the captures

local t = { -- table that holds k/v pairs of date parts from the captures and patterns[pattern_idx][2..]
[patterns[pattern_idx][2]] = c1; -- at minimum there is always one capture with a matching indicator letter
[patterns[pattern_idx][3] or 'x'] = c2; -- patterns can have a variable number of captures; each capture requires an indicator letter;
[patterns[pattern_idx][4] or 'x'] = c3; -- where there is no capture, there is no indicator letter so n in patterns[pattern_idx][n] will be nil;
[patterns[pattern_idx][5] or 'x'] = c4; -- the 'x' here spoofs an indicator letter to prevent 'table index is nil' error
[patterns[pattern_idx][6] or 'x'] = c5;
[patterns[pattern_idx][7] or 'x'] = c6;
[patterns[pattern_idx][8] or 'x'] = c7;
};

if t.a then -- if this date has an anchor year capture
t.y = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date
end

if tonumber(t.m) then -- if raw month is a number (converting from ymd)
if 's' == mon_len then -- if we are to use abbreviated month names
t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_s'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name
else
t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_l'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name
end
t.d = t.d:gsub ('0(%d)', '%1'); -- strip leading '0' from day if present
elseif 'ymd' == format_param then -- when converting to ymd
if 1582 > tonumber(t.y) then -- ymd format dates not allowed before 1582
return;
end
t.m = string.format ('%02d', get_month_number (t.m)); -- make sure that month and day are two digits
t.d = string.format ('%02d', t.d);
elseif mon_len then -- if mon_len is set to either 'short' or 'long'
for _, mon in ipairs ({'m', 'm2'}) do -- because there can be two month names, check both
if t[mon] then
t[mon] = get_month_number (t[mon]); -- get the month number for this month (is length agnostic)
if 0 == t[mon] then return; end -- seasons and named dates can't be converted
t[mon] = (('s' == mon_len) and cfg.date_names['inv_local_s'][t[mon]]) or cfg.date_names['inv_local_l'][t[mon]]; -- fetch month name according to length
end
end
end

local new_date = string.format (re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][1], -- format string
t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][2]], -- named captures from t{}
t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][3]],
t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][4]],
t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][5]],
t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][6]],
t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][7]],
t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][8]]
);

return new_date;
end

--[[-------------------------< R E F O R M A T _ D A T E S >--------------------------------------------------

Reformats existing dates into the format specified by format.

format is one of several manual keywords: dmy, dmy-all, mdy, mdy-all, ymd, ymd-all. The -all version includes
access- and archive-dates; otherwise these dates are not reformatted.

This function allows automatic date formatting. In ~/Configuration, the article source is searched for one of
the {{use xxx dates}} templates. If found, xxx becomes the global date format as xxx-all. If |cs1-dates= in
{{use xxx dates}} has legitimate value then that value determines how cs1|2 dates will be rendered. Legitimate
values for |cs1-dates= are:
l - all dates are rendered with long month names
ls - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates use abbreviated month names
ly - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format
s - all dates are rendered with abbreviated (short) month names
sy - publication dates use abbreviated month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format
y - all dates are rendered in ymd format

the format argument for automatic date formatting will be the format specified by {{use xxx dates}} with the
value supplied by |cs1-dates so one of: xxx-l, xxx-ls, xxx-ly, xxx-s, xxx-sy, xxx-y, or simply xxx (|cs1-dates=
empty, omitted, or invalid) where xxx shall be either of dmy or mdy.

dates are extracted from date_parameters_list, reformatted (if appropriate), and then written back into the
list in the new format. Dates in date_parameters_list are presumed here to be valid (no errors). This function
returns true when a date has been reformatted, false else. Actual reformatting is done by reformatter().

]]

local function reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, format)
local all = false; -- set to false to skip access- and archive-dates
local len_p = 'l'; -- default publication date length shall be long
local len_a = 'l'; -- default access-/archive-date length shall be long
local result = false;
local new_date;

if format:match('%a+%-all') then -- manual df keyword; auto df keyword when length not specified in {{use xxx dates}};
format = format:match('(%a+)%-all'); -- extract the format
all = true; -- all dates are long format dates because this keyword doesn't specify length
elseif format:match('%a+%-[lsy][sy]?') then -- auto df keywords; internal only
all = true; -- auto df applies to all dates; use length specified by capture len_p for all dates
format, len_p, len_a = format:match('(%a+)%-([lsy])([sy]?)'); -- extract the format and length keywords
if 'y' == len_p then -- because allowed by MOS:DATEUNIFY (sort of) range dates and My dates not reformatted
format = 'ymd'; -- override {{use xxx dates}}
elseif (not is_set(len_a)) or (len_p == len_a) then -- no access-/archive-date length specified or same length as publication dates then
len_a = len_p; -- in case len_a not set
end
end -- else only publication dates and they are long

for param_name, param_val in pairs (date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list
if is_set (param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value
if not (not all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'})) then -- skip access- or archive-date unless format is xxx-all; yeah, ugly; TODO: find a better way
for pattern_idx, pattern in pairs (patterns) do
if mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, pattern[1]) then
if all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'}) then -- if this date is an access- or archive-date
new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, (('y' == len_a) and 'ymd') or format, len_a); -- choose ymd or dmy/mdy according to len_a setting
else -- all other dates
new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, format, len_p);
end

if new_date then -- set when date was reformatted
date_parameters_list[param_name].val = new_date; -- update date in date list
result = true; -- and announce that changes have been made
end
end -- if
end -- for
end -- if
end -- if
end -- for
return result; -- declare boolean result and done
end

--[[--------------------------< D A T E _ H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >----------------------------------------

Loops through the list of date-holding parameters and converts any hyphen to an ndash. Not called if the cs1|2
template has any date errors.

Modifies the date_parameters_list and returns true if hyphens are replaced, else returns false.

]]

local function date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list)
local result = false;
local n;
for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list
if is_set (param_val.val) and
not mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, patterns.ymd[1]) then -- for those that are not ymd dates (ustring because here digits may not be Western)
param_val.val, n = param_val.val:gsub ('%-', '–'); -- replace any hyphen with ndash
if 0 ~= n then
date_parameters_list[param_name].val = param_val.val; -- update the list
result = true;
end
end
end
return result; -- so we know if any hyphens were replaced
end

--[[--------------------------< E D T F _ T R A N S F O R M >--------------------------------------------------

Loops through the list of date-holding parameters and converts any EDTF formatted dates to MOS compliant dates.
Only YYY-MM-XX supported at this time. Not called if the cs1|2 template has any date errors.

must be done before reformat_dates() and before date_hyphen_to_dash()

Modifies the date_parameters_list and returns true if transformation is performed, else returns false.

]]

local function edtf_transform (date_parameters_list)
local result = false;
local source_date = {};

for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list
if is_set(param_val.val) and param_val.val:match (patterns.ymx[1]) then -- if parameter is set and is an EDTF dates
source_date.year, source_date.month = param_val.val:match (patterns.ymx[1]); -- get year and month number
source_date.day = 1; -- required by os.time()
date_parameters_list[param_name].val = mw.text.trim (os.date ('%B %Y', os.time (source_date)));
result = true;
end
end
return result; -- so we know if a transform was done
end

--[[-------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E _ X L A T E >------------------------------------------------

Attempts to translate English month names to local-language month names using names supplied by MediaWiki's
date parser function. This is simple name-for-name replacement and may not work for all languages.

if xlat_dig is true, this function will also translate Western (English) digits to the local language's digits.
This will also translate ymd dates.

]]

local function date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, xlt_dig)
local xlate;
local mode; -- long or short month names
local modified = false;
local date;

for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list
if is_set(param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value
date = param_val.val;
for month in mw.ustring.gmatch (date, '%a+') do -- iterate through all dates in the date (single date or date range)
if cfg.date_names.en.long[month] then
mode = 'F'; -- English name is long so use long local name
elseif cfg.date_names.en.short[month] then
mode = 'M'; -- English name is short so use short local name
else
mode = nil; -- not an English month name; could be local language month name or an English season name
end

if mode then -- might be a season
xlate = lang_object:formatDate(mode, '1' .. month); -- translate the month name to this local language
date = mw.ustring.gsub (date, month, xlate); -- replace the English with the translation
date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date
modified = true;
end
end

if xlt_dig then -- shall we also translate digits?
date = date:gsub ('%d', cfg.date_names.xlate_digits); -- translate digits from Western to 'local digits'
date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date
modified = true;
end
end
end

return modified;
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >--------------------------------------

Sets local imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules.

]]

local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr)
add_prop_cat = utilities_page_ptr.add_prop_cat ; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module
is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set;
in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array;
set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message;
substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute;
wrap_style = utilities_page_ptr.wrap_style;

cfg = cfg_table_ptr; -- import tables from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return { -- return exported functions
dates = dates,
year_date_check = year_date_check,
reformat_dates = reformat_dates,
date_hyphen_to_dash = date_hyphen_to_dash,
date_name_xlate = date_name_xlate,
edtf_transform = edtf_transform,
set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules
}

Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration

2021-09-26T15:44:16Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

--[[--------------------------< U N C A T E G O R I Z E D _ N A M E S P A C E S >------------------------------

List of namespaces that should not be included in citation error categories.
Same as setting notracking = true by default.

Note: Namespace names should use underscores instead of spaces.

]]

local uncategorized_namespaces = { 'User', 'Talk', 'User_talk', 'Wikipedia_talk',
'File_talk', 'Template_talk', 'Help_talk', 'Category_talk', 'Portal_talk',
'Book_talk', 'Draft_talk', 'Education_Program_talk', 'Module_talk', 'MediaWiki_talk' };
local uncategorized_subpages = {'/[Ss]andbox', '/[Tt]estcases', '/[^/]*[Ll]og', '/[Aa]rchive'}; -- list of Lua patterns found in page names of pages we should not categorize

--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E S >--------------------------------------------------------------

Translation table

The following contains fixed text that may be output as part of a citation.
This is separated from the main body to aid in future translations of this
module.

]]

local messages = {
['agency'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is agency
['archived-dead'] = 'Archived from $1 on $2',
['archived-live'] = '$1 from the original on $2',
['archived-missing'] = 'Archived from the original$1 on $2',
['archived-unfit'] = 'Archived from the original on ',
['archived'] = 'Archived',
['by'] = 'By', -- contributions to authored works: introduction, foreword, afterword
['cartography'] = 'Cartography by $1',
['editor'] = 'ed.',
['editors'] = 'eds.',
['edition'] = '($1 ed.)',
['episode'] = 'Episode $1',
['et al'] = 'et al.',
['in'] = 'In', -- edited works
['inactive'] = 'inactive',
['inset'] = '$1 inset',
['interview'] = 'Interviewed by $1',
['lay summary'] = 'Lay summary',
['mismatch'] = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> / <code class="cs1-code">|$2=</code> mismatch', -- $1 is year param name; $2 is date param name
['newsgroup'] = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]: $1',
['notitle'] = 'No title', -- for |title=(()) and (in the future) |title=none
['original'] = 'the original',
['origdate'] = ' [$1]',
['published'] = ' (published $1)',
['retrieved'] = 'Retrieved $1',
['season'] = 'Season $1',
['section'] = '§ $1',
['sections'] = '§§ $1',
['series'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is series
['seriesnum'] = 'Series $1',
['translated'] = 'Translated by $1',
['type'] = ' ($1)', -- for titletype
['written'] = 'Written at $1',

['vol'] = '$1 Vol. $2', -- $1 is sepc; bold journal style volume is in presentation{}
['vol-no'] = '$1 Vol. $2 no. $3', -- sepc, volume, issue
['issue'] = '$1 No. $2', -- $1 is sepc

['j-vol'] = '$1 $2', -- sepc, volume; bold journal volume is in presentation{}
['j-issue'] = ' ($1)',

['nopp'] = '$1 $2'; -- page(s) without prefix; $1 is sepc

['p-prefix'] = "$1 p. $2", -- $1 is sepc
['pp-prefix'] = "$1 pp. $2", -- $1 is sepc
['j-page(s)'] = ': $1', -- same for page and pages

['sheet'] = '$1 Sheet $2', -- $1 is sepc
['sheets'] = '$1 Sheets $2', -- $1 is sepc
['j-sheet'] = ': Sheet $1',
['j-sheets'] = ': Sheets $1',

['language'] = '(in $1)',
['via'] = " – via $1",
['event'] = 'Event occurs at',
['minutes'] = 'minutes in',

-- Determines the location of the help page
['help page link'] = 'Help:CS1 errors',
['help page label'] = 'help',

-- categories
['cat wikilink'] = '[[Category:$1]]', -- $1 is the category name
[':cat wikilink'] = '[[:Category:$1|link]]', -- category name as maintenance message wikilink; $1 is the category name

-- Internal errors (should only occur if configuration is bad)
['undefined_error'] = 'Called with an undefined error condition',
['unknown_ID_key'] = 'Unrecognized ID key', -- an ID key in id_handlers not found in ~/Identifiers func_map{}
['unknown_argument_map'] = 'Argument map not defined for this variable',
['bare_url_no_origin'] = 'Bare URL found but origin indicator is nil or empty',
}

--[=[-------------------------< E T _ A L _ P A T T E R N S >--------------------------------------------------

This table provides Lua patterns for the phrase "et al" and variants in name text
(author, editor, etc.). The main module uses these to identify and emit the 'etal' message.

]=]

local et_al_patterns = {
"[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et al' theme
"[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][Ii][AaIi][Ee]?[%.\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et alia', 'et alii' and 'et aliae' themes (false positive 'et aliie' unlikely to match)
"[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers", -- an alternative to et al.
"%[%[ *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%]%]", -- a wikilinked form
"%(%( *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%)%)", -- a double-bracketed form (to counter partial removal of ((...)) syntax)
"[%(%[] *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *[%)%]]", -- a bracketed form
}

--[[--------------------------< E D I T O R _ M A R K U P _ P A T T E R N S >----------------------------------

This table provides Lua patterns for the phrase "ed" and variants in name text
(author, editor, etc.). The main module uses these to identify and emit the
'extra_text_names' message. (It is not the only series of patterns for this message.)

]]
local editor_markup_patterns = { -- these patterns match annotations at end of name
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (ed) or (eds): leading '(', case insensitive 'ed', optional 's', '.' and/or ')'
'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', -- ed or eds: without '('or ')'; case sensitive (ED could be initials Ed could be name)
'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', -- (editor) or (editors): leading '(', case insensitive, optional '.' and/or ')'
'[,%.%s]%f[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors: without '('or ')'; case insensitive

-- these patterns match annotations at beginning of name
'^eds?[%.,;]', -- ed. or eds.: lower case only, optional 's', requires '.'
'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', -- (ed) or (eds): also sqare brackets, case insensitive, optional 's', '.'
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%A', -- (editor or (editors: also square brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets, 's'
'^[%(%[]?%s*[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Ee][Dd]%A', -- (edited: also square brackets, case insensitive, optional brackets

-- these patterns match annotations that are the 'name'
'^[Ee][Dd][Ii][Tt][Oo][Rr][Ss]?%.?$', -- editor or editors; case insensitive
}

--[[--------------------------< P R E S E N T A T I O N >------------------------

Fixed presentation markup. Originally part of citation_config.messages it has
been moved into its own, more semantically correct place.

]]

local presentation =
{
-- Error output
-- .error class is specified at https://git.wikimedia.org/blob/mediawiki%2Fcore.git/9553bd02a5595da05c184f7521721fb1b79b3935/skins%2Fcommon%2Fshared.css#L538
-- .citation-comment class is specified at Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display
['hidden-error'] = '<span class="cs1-hidden-error error citation-comment">$1</span>',
['visible-error'] = '<span class="cs1-visible-error error citation-comment">$1</span>',
['hidden-maint'] = '<span class="cs1-maint citation-comment">$1</span>',

['accessdate'] = '<span class="reference-accessdate">$1$2</span>', -- to allow editors to hide accessdate using personal CSS

['bdi'] = '<bdi$1>$2</bdi>', -- bidirectional isolation used with |script-title= and the like

['cite'] = '<cite class="$1">$2</cite>'; -- |ref= not set so no id="..." attribute
['cite-id'] = '<cite id="$1" class="$2">$3</cite>'; -- for use when |ref= is set

['format'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">($1)</span>', -- for |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.

-- various access levels, for |access=, |doi-access=, |arxiv=, ...
-- narrow no-break space   may work better than nowrap CSS. Or not? Browser support?

['ext-link-access-signal'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', -- external link with appropriate lock icon
['free'] = {class='cs1-lock-free', title='Freely accessible'}, -- classes defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css
['registration'] = {class='cs1-lock-registration', title='Free registration required'},
['limited'] = {class='cs1-lock-limited', title='Free access subject to limited trial, subscription normally required'},
['subscription'] = {class='cs1-lock-subscription', title='Paid subscription required'},

['interwiki-icon'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>',
['class-wikisource'] = 'cs1-ws-icon',

['italic-title'] = "''$1''",

['kern-left'] = '<span class="cs1-kern-left">$1</span>$2', -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark
['kern-right'] = '$1<span class="cs1-kern-right">$2</span>', -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark

-- these for simple wikilinked titles [["text]], [[text"]] and [["text"]]
-- span wraps entire wikilink
['kern-wl-left'] = '<span class="cs1-kern-wl-left">$1</span>', -- when title contains leading single or double quote mark
['kern-wl-right'] = '<span class="cs1-kern-wl-left">$1</span>', -- when title contains trailing single or double quote mark
['kern-wl-both'] = '<span class="cs1-kern-wl-left cs1-kern-wl-right">$1</span>', -- when title contains leading and trailing single or double quote marks

['nowrap1'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span>', -- for nowrapping an item: <span ...>yyyy-mm-dd</span>
['nowrap2'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span> $2', -- for nowrapping portions of an item: <span ...>dd mmmm</span> yyyy (note white space)

['ocins'] = '<span title="$1" class="Z3988"></span>',

['parameter'] = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>',

['ps_cs1'] = '.'; -- CS1 style postscript (terminal) character
['ps_cs2'] = ''; -- CS2 style postscript (terminal) character (empty string)

['quoted-text'] = '<q>$1</q>', -- for wrapping |quote= content
['quoted-title'] = '"$1"',

['sep_cs1'] = '.', -- CS1 element separator
['sep_cs2'] = ',', -- CS2 separator
['sep_nl'] = ';', -- CS1|2 style name-list separator between names is a semicolon
['sep_nl_and'] = ' and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 2 items
['sep_nl_end'] = '; and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 3+ names
['sep_name'] = ', ', -- CS1|2 style last/first separator is <comma><space>
['sep_nl_vanc'] = ',', -- Vancouver style name-list separator between authors is a comma
['sep_name_vanc'] = ' ', -- Vancouver style last/first separator is a space

['sep_list'] = ', ', -- used for |language= when list has 3+ items except for last sep which uses sep_list_end
['sep_list_pair'] = ' and ', -- used for |language= when list has 2 items
['sep_list_end'] = ', and ', -- used as last list sep for |language= when list has 3+ items

['trans-italic-title'] = "[''$1'']",
['trans-quoted-title'] = "[$1]", -- for |trans-title= and |trans-quote=
['vol-bold'] = '$1 <b>$2</b>', -- sepc, volume; for bold journal cites; for other cites ['vol'] in messages{}
}

--[[--------------------------< A L I A S E S >---------------------------------

Aliases table for commonly passed parameters.

Parameter names on the right side in the assignments in this table must have been
defined in the Whitelist before they will be recognized as valid parameter names

]]

local aliases = {
['AccessDate'] = {'access-date', 'accessdate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Agency'] = 'agency',
['ArchiveDate'] = {'archive-date', 'archivedate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['ArchiveFormat'] = 'archive-format',
['ArchiveURL'] = {'archive-url', 'archiveurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['ASINTLD'] = 'asin-tld',
['At'] = 'at', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Authors'] = {'authors', 'people', 'credits'},
['BookTitle'] = {'book-title', 'booktitle'},
['Cartography'] = 'cartography',
['Chapter'] = {'chapter', 'contribution', 'entry', 'article', 'section'},
['ChapterFormat'] = {'chapter-format', 'contribution-format', 'entry-format',
'article-format', 'section-format'};
['ChapterURL'] = {'chapter-url', 'contribution-url', 'entry-url', 'article-url',
'section-url', 'chapterurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['ChapterUrlAccess'] = {'chapter-url-access', 'contribution-url-access',
'entry-url-access', 'article-url-access', 'section-url-access'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Class'] = 'class', -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers
['Collaboration'] = 'collaboration',
['Conference'] = {'conference', 'event'},
['ConferenceFormat'] = 'conference-format',
['ConferenceURL'] = 'conference-url', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Date'] = {'date', 'air-date', 'airdate'}, -- air-date and airdate for cite episode and cite serial only
['Degree'] = 'degree',
['DF'] = 'df',
['DisplayAuthors'] = {'display-authors', 'display-subjects'},
['DisplayContributors'] = 'display-contributors',
['DisplayEditors'] = 'display-editors',
['DisplayInterviewers'] = 'display-interviewers',
['DisplayTranslators'] = 'display-translators',
['Docket'] = 'docket',
['DoiBroken'] = 'doi-broken-date',
['Edition'] = 'edition',
['Embargo'] = 'pmc-embargo-date',
['Encyclopedia'] = {'encyclopedia', 'encyclopaedia', 'dictionary'}, -- cite encyclopedia only
['Episode'] = 'episode', -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode?
['Format'] = 'format',
['ID'] = {'id', 'ID'},
['Inset'] = 'inset',
['Issue'] = {'issue', 'number'},
['Language'] = {'language', 'lang'},
['LayDate'] = 'lay-date',
['LayFormat'] = 'lay-format',
['LaySource'] = 'lay-source',
['LayURL'] = 'lay-url',
['MailingList'] = {'mailing-list', 'mailinglist'}, -- cite mailing list only
['Map'] = 'map', -- cite map only
['MapFormat'] = 'map-format', -- cite map only
['MapURL'] = {'map-url', 'mapurl'}, -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['MapUrlAccess'] = 'map-url-access', -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Minutes'] = 'minutes',
['Mode'] = 'mode',
['NameListStyle'] = 'name-list-style',
['Network'] = 'network',
['Newsgroup'] = 'newsgroup', -- cite newsgroup only
['NoPP'] = {'no-pp', 'nopp'},
['NoTracking'] = {'no-tracking', 'template-doc-demo'},
['Number'] = 'number', -- this case only for cite techreport
['OrigDate'] = {'orig-date', 'orig-year', 'origyear'},
['Others'] = 'others',
['Page'] = {'page', 'p'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Pages'] = {'pages', 'pp'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Periodical'] = {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'website', 'work'},
['Place'] = {'place', 'location'},
['PostScript'] = 'postscript',
['PublicationDate'] = {'publication-date', 'publicationdate'},
['PublicationPlace'] = {'publication-place', 'publicationplace'},
['PublisherName'] = {'publisher', 'institution'},
['Quote'] = {'quote', 'quotation'},
['QuotePage'] = 'quote-page',
['QuotePages'] = 'quote-pages',
['Ref'] = 'ref',
['Scale'] = 'scale',
['ScriptChapter'] = {'script-chapter', 'script-contribution', 'script-entry',
'script-article', 'script-section'},
['ScriptMap'] = 'script-map',
['ScriptPeriodical'] = {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper',
'script-periodical', 'script-website', 'script-work'},
['ScriptQuote'] = 'script-quote',
['ScriptTitle'] = 'script-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Season'] = 'season',
['Sections'] = 'sections', -- cite map only
['Series'] = {'series', 'version'},
['SeriesLink'] = {'series-link', 'serieslink'},
['SeriesNumber'] = {'series-number', 'series-no'},
['Sheet'] = 'sheet', -- cite map only
['Sheets'] = 'sheets', -- cite map only
['Station'] = 'station',
['Time'] = 'time',
['TimeCaption'] = 'time-caption',
['Title'] = 'title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['TitleLink'] = {'title-link', 'episode-link', 'episodelink'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['TitleNote'] = 'department',
['TitleType'] = {'type', 'medium'},
['TransChapter'] = {'trans-article', 'trans-chapter', 'trans-contribution',
'trans-entry', 'trans-section'},
['Transcript'] = 'transcript',
['TranscriptFormat'] = 'transcript-format',
['TranscriptURL'] = {'transcript-url', 'transcripturl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['TransMap'] = 'trans-map', -- cite map only
['TransPeriodical'] = {'trans-journal', 'trans-magazine', 'trans-newspaper',
'trans-periodical', 'trans-website', 'trans-work'},
['TransQuote'] = 'trans-quote',
['TransTitle'] = 'trans-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['URL'] = {'url', 'URL'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['UrlAccess'] = 'url-access', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['UrlStatus'] = 'url-status', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['Vauthors'] = 'vauthors',
['Veditors'] = 'veditors',
['Via'] = 'via',
['Volume'] = 'volume',
['Year'] = 'year',

['AuthorList-First'] = {"first#", "author-first#", "author#-first", "given#",
"author-given#", "author#-given"},
['AuthorList-Last'] = {"last#", "author-last#", "author#-last", "surname#",
"author-surname#", "author#-surname", "author#", "subject#", 'host#'},
['AuthorList-Link'] = {"author-link#", "author#-link", "subject-link#",
"subject#-link", "authorlink#", "author#link"},
['AuthorList-Mask'] = {"author-mask#", "author#-mask", "subject-mask#", "subject#-mask"},

['ContributorList-First'] = {'contributor-first#', 'contributor#-first',
'contributor-given#', 'contributor#-given'},
['ContributorList-Last'] = {'contributor-last#', 'contributor#-last',
'contributor-surname#', 'contributor#-surname', 'contributor#'},
['ContributorList-Link'] = {'contributor-link#', 'contributor#-link'},
['ContributorList-Mask'] = {'contributor-mask#', 'contributor#-mask'},

['EditorList-First'] = {"editor-first#", "editor#-first", "editor-given#", "editor#-given"},
['EditorList-Last'] = {"editor-last#", "editor#-last", "editor-surname#",
"editor#-surname", "editor#"},
['EditorList-Link'] = {"editor-link#", "editor#-link"},
['EditorList-Mask'] = {"editor-mask#", "editor#-mask"},

['InterviewerList-First'] = {'interviewer-first#', 'interviewer#-first',
'interviewer-given#', 'interviewer#-given'},
['InterviewerList-Last'] = {'interviewer-last#', 'interviewer#-last',
'interviewer-surname#', 'interviewer#-surname', 'interviewer#'},
['InterviewerList-Link'] = {'interviewer-link#', 'interviewer#-link'},
['InterviewerList-Mask'] = {'interviewer-mask#', 'interviewer#-mask'},

['TranslatorList-First'] = {'translator-first#', 'translator#-first',
'translator-given#', 'translator#-given'},
['TranslatorList-Last'] = {'translator-last#', 'translator#-last',
'translator-surname#', 'translator#-surname', 'translator#'},
['TranslatorList-Link'] = {'translator-link#', 'translator#-link'},
['TranslatorList-Mask'] = {'translator-mask#', 'translator#-mask'},
}

--[[--------------------------< P U N C T _ S K I P >---------------------------

builds a table of parameter names that the extraneous terminal punctuation check should not check.

]]

local punct_skip = {};

local meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value
'BookTitle', 'Chapter', 'ScriptChapter', 'ScriptTitle', 'Title', 'TransChapter', 'Transcript', 'TransMap', 'TransTitle', -- title-holding parameters
'AuthorList-Mask', 'ContributorList-Mask', 'EditorList-Mask', 'InterviewerList-Mask', 'TranslatorList-Mask', -- name-list mask may have name separators
'PostScript', 'Quote', 'ScriptQuote', 'TransQuote', 'Ref', -- miscellaneous
'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'LayURL', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- URL-holding parameters
}

for _, meta_param in ipairs (meta_params) do -- for each meta parameter key
local params = aliases[meta_param]; -- get the parameter or the table of parameters associated with the meta parameter name
if 'string' == type (params) then
punct_skip[params] = 1; -- just a single parameter
else
for _, param in ipairs (params) do -- get the parameter name
punct_skip[param] = 1; -- add the parameter name to the skip table
local count;
param, count = param:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove enumerator marker from enumerated parameters
if 0 ~= count then -- if removed
punct_skip[param] = 1; -- add param name without enumerator marker
end
end
end
end

--[[-----------< S P E C I A L C A S E T R A N S L A T I O N S >------------

This table is primarily here to support internationalization. Translations in
this table are used, for example, when an error message, category name, etc.,
is extracted from the English alias key. There may be other cases where
this translation table may be useful.

]]

local special_case_translation = {
['AuthorList'] = 'authors list', -- used to assemble maintenance category names
['ContributorList'] = 'contributors list', -- translation of these names plus translation of the base mainenance category names in maint_cats{} table below
['EditorList'] = 'editors list', -- must match the names of the actual categories
['InterviewerList'] = 'interviewers list', -- this group or translations used by name_has_ed_markup() and name_has_mult_names()
['TranslatorList'] = 'translators list',

-- Lua patterns to match pseudo-titles used by InternetArchiveBot and others as placeholder for unknown |title= value
['archived_copy'] = { -- used with CS1 maint: Archive[d] copy as title
['en'] = '^archived?%s+copy$', -- for English; translators: keep this because templates imported from en.wiki
['local'] = nil, -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language
},

-- Lua patterns to match generic titles; usually created by bots or reference filling tools
-- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language
['generic_titles'] = {
-- patterns in this table should be lowercase only
-- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic title in your language
-- generic titles must be lowercase
-- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches; 'false' for pattern searches
{['en'] = {'^wayback%s+machine$', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'are you a robot', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'hugedomains.com', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?no +title[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'page not found', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'subscribe to read', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?unknown[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'website is for sale', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'^404', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'internet archive wayback machine', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'log into facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'redirecting...', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'webcite query result', true}, ['local'] = nil},
{['en'] = {'wikiwix\'s cache', true}, ['local'] = nil},
}
}

--[[--------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------------

This table of tables lists local language date names and fallback English date names.
The code in Date_validation will look first in the local table for valid date names.
If date names are not found in the local table, the code will look in the English table.

Because citations can be copied to the local wiki from en.wiki, the English is
required when the date-name translation function date_name_xlate() is used.

In these tables, season numbering is defined by
Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) Specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/)
which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard
defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. CS1|2 only supports generic seasons.
EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons
but CS1|2 has no way to make that distinction.

33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each)

The standard does not address 'named' dates so, for the purposes of CS1|2,
Easter and Christmas are defined here as 98 and 99, which should be out of the
ISO 8601 (EDTF) range of uses for a while.

]]

local date_names = {
['en'] = { -- English
['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12},
['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12},
['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36},
['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23},
['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99},
},
['local'] = { -- replace these English date names with the local language equivalents
['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12},
['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12},
['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36},
['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23},
['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99},
},
['inv_local_l'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting; copy of date_names['local'].long where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc.
['inv_local_s'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting; copy of date_names['local'].short where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc.
['local_digits'] = {['0'] = '0', ['1'] = '1', ['2'] = '2', ['3'] = '3', ['4'] = '4', ['5'] = '5', ['6'] = '6', ['7'] = '7', ['8'] = '8', ['9'] = '9'}, -- used to convert local language digits to Western 0-9
['xlate_digits'] = {},
}

for name, i in pairs (date_names['local'].long) do -- this table is ['name'] = i
date_names['inv_local_l'][i] = name; -- invert to get [i] = 'name' for conversions from ymd
end

for name, i in pairs (date_names['local'].short) do -- this table is ['name'] = i
date_names['inv_local_s'][i] = name; -- invert to get [i] = 'name' for conversions from ymd
end

for ld, ed in pairs (date_names.local_digits) do -- make a digit translation table for simple date translation from en to local language using local_digits table
date_names.xlate_digits [ed] = ld; -- en digit becomes index with local digit as the value
end

local df_template_patterns = { -- table of redirects to {{Use dmy dates}} and {{Use mdy dates}}
'{{ *[Uu]se +(dmy) +dates *[|}]', -- 1159k -- sorted by approximate transclusion count
'{{ *[Uu]se +(mdy) +dates *[|}]', -- 212k
'{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) +dates *[|}]', -- 788
'{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) +dates *[|}]', -- 343
'{{ *([Mm]dy) *[|}]', -- 176
'{{ *[Uu]se *(dmy) *[|}]', -- 156 + 18
'{{ *[Uu]se *(mdy) *[|}]', -- 149 + 11
'{{ *([Dd]my) *[|}]', -- 56
'{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) *[|}]', -- 5
'{{ *([Dd]MY) *[|}]', -- 3
'{{ *[Uu]se(mdy)dates *[|}]', -- 1
'{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) *[|}]', -- 0
'{{ *([Mm]DY) *[|}]', -- 0
}

local function get_date_format ()
local content = mw.title.getCurrentTitle():getContent() or ''; -- get the content of the article or ''; new pages edited w/ve do not have 'content' until saved; ve does not preview; phab:T221625
for _, pattern in ipairs (df_template_patterns) do -- loop through the patterns looking for {{Use dmy dates}} or {{Use mdy dates}} or any of their redirects
local start, _, match = content:find(pattern); -- match is the three letters indicating desired date format
if match then
content = content:match ('%b{}', start); -- get the whole template
if content:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *[lsy][sy]?') then -- look for |cs1-dates=publication date length access-/archive-date length
return match:lower() .. '-' .. content:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *([lsy][sy]?)');
else
return match:lower() .. '-all'; -- no |cs1-dates= k/v pair; return value appropriate for use in |df=
end
end
end
end

local global_df = get_date_format ();

--[[-----------------< V O L U M E , I S S U E , P A G E S >------------------

These tables hold cite class values (from the template invocation) and identify those templates that support
|volume=, |issue=, and |page(s)= parameters. Cite conference and cite map require further qualification which
is handled in the main module.

]]

local templates_using_volume = {'citation', 'audio-visual', 'book', 'conference', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'report', 'techreport', 'thesis'}
local templates_using_issue = {'citation', 'conference', 'episode', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'podcast'}
local templates_not_using_page = {'audio-visual', 'episode', 'mailinglist', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech'}

--[[

Patterns for finding extra text in |volume=, |issue=, |page=, |pages=

]]

local vol_iss_pg_patterns = {
good_ppattern = '^P[^%.PpGg]', -- OK to begin with uppercase P: P7 (page 7 of section P), but not p123 (page 123); TODO: this allows 'Pages' which it should not
bad_ppatterns = { -- patterns for |page= and |pages=
'^[Pp][PpGg]?%.?[ %d]',
'^[Pp]ages?',
'^[Pp]gs.?',
},
vpatterns = { -- patterns for |volume=
'^volumes?',
'^vols?[%.:=]?'
},
ipatterns = { -- patterns for |issue=
'^issues?',
'^iss[%.:=]?',
'^numbers?',
'^nos?%A', -- don't match 'november' or 'nostradamus'
'^nr[%.:=]?',
'^n[%.:= ]' -- might be a valid issue without separator (space char is sep char here)
}
}

--[[--------------------------< K E Y W O R D S >-------------------------------

These tables hold keywords for those parameters that have defined sets of acceptable keywords.

]]

--[[-------------------< K E Y W O R D S T A B L E >--------------------------

this is a list of keywords; each key in the list is associated with a table of
synonymous keywords possibly from different languages.

for I18N: add local-language keywords to value table; do not change the key.
For example, adding the German keyword 'ja':
['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y', 'ja'},

Because CS1|2 templates from en.wiki articles are often copied to other local wikis,
it is recommended that the English keywords remain in these tables.

]]

local keywords = {
['amp'] = {'&', 'amp', 'ampersand'}, -- |name-list-style=
['and'] = {'and', 'serial'}, -- |name-list-style=
['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- |no-tracking=, |no-pp= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['afterword'] = {'afterword'}, -- |contribution=
['bot: unknown'] = {'bot: unknown'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['cs1'] = {'cs1'}, -- |mode=
['cs2'] = {'cs2'}, -- |mode=
['dead'] = {'dead'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['dmy'] = {'dmy'}, -- |df=
['dmy-all'] = {'dmy-all'}, -- |df=
['foreword'] = {'foreword'}, -- |contribution=
['free'] = {'free'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['introduction'] = {'introduction'}, -- |contribution=
['limited'] = {'limited'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['live'] = {'live'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['mdy'] = {'mdy'}, -- |df=
['mdy-all'] = {'mdy-all'}, -- |df=
['none'] = {'none'}, -- |postscript=, |ref=, |title=, |type= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['off'] = {'off'}, -- |title= (potentially also: |title-link=, |postscript=, |ref=, |type=)
['preface'] = {'preface'}, -- |contribution=
['registration'] = {'registration'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['subscription'] = {'subscription'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['unfit'] = {'unfit'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['usurped'] = {'usurped'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
['vanc'] = {'vanc'}, -- |name-list-style=
['ymd'] = {'ymd'}, -- |df=
['ymd-all'] = {'ymd-all'}, -- |df=
-- ['yMd'] = {'yMd'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki
-- ['yMd-all'] = {'yMd-all'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki
}

--[[------------------------< X L A T E _ K E Y W O R D S >---------------------

this function builds a list, keywords_xlate{}, of the keywords found in keywords{} where the values from keywords{}
become the keys in keywords_xlate{} and the keys from keywords{} become the values in keywords_xlate{}:
['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- in keywords{}
becomes
['yes'] = 'affirmative', -- in keywords_xlate{}
['true'] = 'affirmative',
['y'] = 'affirmative',

the purpose of this function is to act as a translator between a non-English keyword and its English equivalent
that may be used in other modules of this suite

]]

local function xlate_keywords ()
local out_table = {}; -- output goes here
for k, keywords_t in pairs (keywords) do -- spin through the keywords table
for _, keyword in ipairs (keywords_t) do -- for each keyword
out_table[keyword] = k; -- create an entry in the output table where keyword is the key
end
end

return out_table;
end

local keywords_xlate = xlate_keywords (); -- the list of translated keywords

--[[----------------< M A K E _ K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T >---------------------

this function assembles, for parameter-value validation, the list of keywords appropriate to that parameter.

keywords_lists{}, is a table of tables from keywords{}

]]

local function make_keywords_list (keywords_lists)
local out_table = {}; -- output goes here

for _, keyword_list in ipairs (keywords_lists) do -- spin through keywords_lists{} and get a table of keywords
for _, keyword in ipairs (keyword_list) do -- spin through keyword_list{} and add each keyword, ...
table.insert (out_table, keyword); -- ... as plain text, to the output list
end
end
return out_table;
end

--[[----------------< K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T S >-----------------------------

this is a list of lists of valid keywords for the various parameters in [key].
Generally the keys in this table are the canonical en.wiki parameter names though
some are contrived because of use in multiple differently named parameters:
['yes_true_y'], ['id-access'].

The function make_keywords_list() extracts the individual keywords from the
appropriate list in keywords{}.

The lists in this table are used to validate the keyword assignment for the
parameters named in this table's keys.

]]

local keywords_lists = {
['yes_true_y'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.affirmative}),
['contribution'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.afterword, keywords.foreword, keywords.introduction, keywords.preface}),
['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all']}),
-- ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all'], keywords.yMd, keywords['yMd-all']}), -- not supported at en.wiki
['mode'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.cs1, keywords.cs2}),
['name-list-style'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.amp, keywords['and'], keywords.vanc}),
['url-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.subscription, keywords.limited, keywords.registration}),
['url-status'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dead, keywords.live, keywords.unfit, keywords.usurped, keywords['bot: unknown']}),
['id-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.free}),
}

--[[---------------------< S T R I P M A R K E R S >----------------------------

Common pattern definition location for stripmarkers so that we don't have to go
hunting for them if (when) MediaWiki changes their form.

]]

local stripmarkers = {
['any'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-(%a+)%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127', -- capture returns name of stripmarker
['math'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-math%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127' -- math stripmarkers used in coins_cleanup() and coins_replace_math_stripmarker()
}

--[[------------< I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R A C T E R S >---------------------

This table holds non-printing or invisible characters indexed either by name or
by Unicode group. Values are decimal representations of UTF-8 codes. The table
is organized as a table of tables because the Lua pairs keyword returns table
data in an arbitrary order. Here, we want to process the table from top to bottom
because the entries at the top of the table are also found in the ranges specified
by the entries at the bottom of the table.

Also here is a pattern that recognizes stripmarkers that begin and end with the
delete characters. The nowiki stripmarker is not an error but some others are
because the parameter values that include them become part of the template's
metadata before stripmarker replacement.

]]

local invisible_defs = {
del = '\127', -- used to distinguish between stripmarker and del char
zwj = '\226\128\141', -- used with capture because zwj may be allowed
}

local invisible_chars = {
{'replacement', '\239\191\189'}, -- U+FFFD, EF BF BD
{'zero width joiner', '('.. invisible_defs.zwj .. ')'}, -- U+200D, E2 80 8D; capture because zwj may be allowed
{'zero width space', '\226\128\139'}, -- U+200B, E2 80 8B
{'hair space', '\226\128\138'}, -- U+200A, E2 80 8A
{'soft hyphen', '\194\173'}, -- U+00AD, C2 AD
{'horizontal tab', '\009'}, -- U+0009 (HT), 09
{'line feed', '\010'}, -- U+000A (LF), 0A
{'no-break space', '\194\160'}, -- U+00A0 (NBSP), C2 A0
{'carriage return', '\013'}, -- U+000D (CR), 0D
{'stripmarker', stripmarkers.any}, -- stripmarker; may or may not be an error; capture returns the stripmaker type
{'delete', '('.. invisible_defs.del .. ')'}, -- U+007F (DEL), 7F; must be done after stripmarker test; capture to distinguish isolated del chars not part of stripmarker
{'C0 control', '[\000-\008\011\012\014-\031]'}, -- U+0000–U+001F (NULL–US), 00–1F (except HT, LF, CR (09, 0A, 0D))
{'C1 control', '[\194\128-\194\159]'}, -- U+0080–U+009F (XXX–APC), C2 80 – C2 9F
-- {'Specials', '[\239\191\185-\239\191\191]'}, -- U+FFF9-U+FFFF, EF BF B9 – EF BF BF
-- {'Private use area', '[\238\128\128-\239\163\191]'}, -- U+E000–U+F8FF, EE 80 80 – EF A3 BF
-- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-A', '[\243\176\128\128-\243\191\191\189]'}, -- U+F0000–U+FFFFD, F3 B0 80 80 – F3 BF BF BD
-- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-B', '[\244\128\128\128-\244\143\191\189]'}, -- U+100000–U+10FFFD, F4 80 80 80 – F4 8F BF BD
}

--[[
Indic script makes use of zero width joiner as a character modifier so zwj
characters must be left in. This pattern covers all of the unicode characters
for these languages:
Devanagari 0900–097F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0900.pdf
Devanagari extended A8E0–A8FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA8E0.pdf
Bengali 0980–09FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0980.pdf
Gurmukhi 0A00–0A7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A00.pdf
Gujarati 0A80–0AFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A80.pdf
Oriya 0B00–0B7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B00.pdf
Tamil 0B80–0BFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B80.pdf
Telugu 0C00–0C7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C00.pdf
Kannada 0C80–0CFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C80.pdf
Malayalam 0D00–0D7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D00.pdf
plus the not-necessarily Indic scripts for Sinhala and Burmese:
Sinhala 0D80-0DFF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D80.pdf
Myanmar 1000-109F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U1000.pdf
Myanmar extended A AA60-AA7F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UAA60.pdf
Myanmar extended B A9E0-A9FF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA9E0.pdf
the pattern is used by has_invisible_chars() and coins_cleanup()

]]

local indic_script = '[\224\164\128-\224\181\191\224\163\160-\224\183\191\225\128\128-\225\130\159\234\167\160-\234\167\191\234\169\160-\234\169\191]';

-- list of emoji that use zwj character (U+200D) to combine with another emoji
local emoji = { -- indexes are decimal forms of the hex values in U+xxxx
[127752] = true, -- U+1F308 🌈 rainbow
[127806] = true, -- U+1F33E 🌾 ear of rice
[127859] = true, -- U+1F373 🍳 cooking
[127891] = true, -- U+1F393 🎓 graduation cap
[127908] = true, -- U+1F3A4 🎤 microphone
[127912] = true, -- U+1F3A8 🎨 artist palette
[127979] = true, -- U+1F3EB 🏫 school
[127981] = true, -- U+1F3ED 🏭 factory
[128102] = true, -- U+1F466 👦 boy
[128103] = true, -- U+1F467 👧 girl
[128104] = true, -- U+1F468 👨 man
[128105] = true, -- U+1F469 👩 woman
[128139] = true, -- U+1F48B 💋 kiss mark
[128187] = true, -- U+1F4BB 💻 personal computer
[128188] = true, -- U+1F4BC 💼 brief case
[128295] = true, -- U+1F527 🔧 wrench
[128300] = true, -- U+1F52C 🔬 microscope
[128488] = true, -- U+1F5E8 🗨 left speech bubble
[128640] = true, -- U+1F680 🚀 rocket
[128658] = true, -- U+1F692 🚒 fire engine
[129309] = true, -- U+1F91D 🤝 handshake
[129455] = true, -- U+1F9AF 🦯 probing cane
[129456] = true, -- U+1F9B0 🦰 emoji component red hair
[129457] = true, -- U+1F9B1 🦱 emoji component curly hair
[129458] = true, -- U+1F9B2 🦲 emoji component bald
[129459] = true, -- U+1F9B3 🦳 emoji component white hair
[129466] = true, -- U+1F9BA 🦺 safety vest
[129468] = true, -- U+1F9BC 🦼 motorized wheelchair
[129469] = true, -- U+1F9BD 🦽 manual wheelchair
[129489] = true, -- U+1F9D1 🧑 adult
[9760] = true, -- U+2620 ☠ skull and crossbones
[9792] = true, -- U+2640 ♀ female sign
[9794] = true, -- U+2642 ♂ male sign
[9877] = true, -- U+2695 ⚕ staff of aesculapius
[9878] = true, -- U+2696 ⚖ scales
[9992] = true, -- U+2708 ✈ airplane
[10084] = true, -- U+2764 ❤ heavy black heart
}

--[[----------------------< L A N G U A G E S U P P O R T >-------------------

These tables and constants support various language-specific functionality.

]]

local this_wiki_code = mw.getContentLanguage():getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code
if string.match (mw.site.server, 'wikidata') then
this_wiki_code = mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{int:lang}}'); -- on Wikidata so use interface language setting instead
end

local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames (this_wiki_code, 'all'); -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia; used for |language= and interwiki tests

local inter_wiki_map = {}; -- map of interwiki prefixes that are language-code prefixes
for k, v in pairs (mw.site.interwikiMap ('local')) do -- spin through the base interwiki map (limited to local)
if languages[v["prefix"]] then -- if the prefix matches a known language code
inter_wiki_map[v["prefix"]] = true; -- add it to our local map
end
end

local local_lang_cat_enable = false; -- set to true to categorize pages where |language=<local wiki's language>

--[[--------------------< S C R I P T _ L A N G _ C O D E S >-------------------

This table is used to hold ISO 639-1 two-character and ISO 639-3 three-character
language codes that apply only to |script-title= and |script-chapter=

]]

local script_lang_codes = {
'am', 'ar', 'be', 'bg', 'bn', 'bo', 'bs', 'dv', 'dz', 'el', 'fa', 'gu',
'he', 'hi', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'kk', 'km', 'kn', 'ko', 'ku', 'ky', 'lo',
'mk', 'ml', 'mn', 'mr', 'my', 'ne', 'or', 'ota', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'si',
'sr', 'ta', 'te', 'tg', 'th', 'ti', 'ug', 'uk', 'ur', 'uz', 'yi', 'zh'
};

--[[---------------< L A N G U A G E R E M A P P I N G >----------------------

These tables hold language information that is different (correct) from MediaWiki's definitions

For each ['code'] = 'language name' in lang_code_remap{} there must be a matching ['language name'] = {'language name', 'code'} in lang_name_remap{}

lang_code_remap{}:
key is always lowercase ISO 639-1, -2, -3 language code or a valid lowercase IETF language tag
value is properly spelled and capitalized language name associated with key
only one language name per key;
key/value pair must have matching entry in lang_name_remap{}

lang_name_remap{}:
key is always lowercase language name
value is a table the holds correctly spelled and capitalized language name [1] and associated code [2] (code must match a code key in lang_code_remap{})
may have multiple keys referring to a common preferred name and code; For example:
['kolsch'] and ['kölsch'] both refer to 'Kölsch' and 'ksh'

]]

local lang_code_remap = { -- used for |language= and |script-title= / |script-chapter=
['als'] = 'Tosk Albanian', -- MediaWiki returns Alemannisch
['bh'] = 'Bihari', -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org
['bla'] = 'Blackfoot', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name
['bn'] = 'Bengali', -- MediaWiki returns Bangla
['ca-valencia'] = 'Valencian', -- IETF variant of Catalan
['crh'] = 'Crimean Tatar', -- synonymous with Crimean Turkish (return value from {{#language:crh|en}})
['ilo'] = 'Ilocano', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name
['ksh'] = 'Kölsch', -- MediaWiki: Colognian; use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name
['ksh-x-colog'] = 'Colognian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Colognian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data
['mis-x-ripuar'] = 'Ripuarian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Ripuarian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data
['nan-tw'] = 'Taiwanese Hokkien', -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese and support en.wiki preferred name
}

local lang_name_remap = { -- used for |language=
['alemannisch'] = {'Swiss German', 'gsw'}, -- not an ISO or IANA language name; MediaWiki uses 'als' as a subdomain name for Alemannic Wikipedia: als.wikipedia.org
['bangla'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki returns Bangla (the endonym) but we want Bengali (the exonym); here we remap
['bengali'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki doesn't use exonym so here we provide correct language name and 639-1 code
['bhojpuri'] = {'Bhojpuri', 'bho'}, -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org
['bihari'] = {'Bihari', 'bh'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Bihari' with 'Bhojpuri' so 'Bihari' cannot be found
['blackfoot'] = {'Blackfoot', 'bla'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name
['colognian'] = {'Colognian', 'ksh-x-colog'}, -- MediaWiki preferred name for ksh
['crimean tatar'] = {'Crimean Tatar', 'crh'}, -- MediaWiki uses 'crh' as a subdomain name for Crimean Tatar Wikipedia: crh.wikipedia.org
['ilocano'] = {'Ilocano', 'ilo'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name
['kolsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name (use non-diacritical o instead of umlaut ö)
['kölsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name
['ripuarian'] = {'Ripuarian', 'mis-x-ripuar'}, -- group of dialects; no code in MediaWiki or in IANA/ISO 639
['taiwanese hokkien'] = {'Taiwanese Hokkien', 'nan-TW'}, -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese
['tosk albanian'] = {'Tosk Albanian', 'als'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Tosk Albanian' with 'Alemannisch' so 'Tosk Albanian' cannot be found
['valencian'] = {'Valencian', 'ca'}, -- variant of Catalan; categorizes as Catalan
}

--[[---------------< P R O P E R T I E S _ C A T E G O R I E S >----------------

Properties categories. These are used for investigating qualities of citations.

]]

local prop_cats = {
['foreign_lang_source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is foreign-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code
['foreign_lang_source_2'] = 'CS1 foreign language sources (ISO 639-2)|$1', -- |language= category; a cat for ISO639-2 languages; $1 is the ISO 639-2 code used as a sort key
['local_lang_source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is local-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code; not emitted when local_lang_cat_enable is false
['location test'] = 'CS1 location test',
['script'] = 'CS1 uses foreign language script', -- when language specified by |script-title=xx: doesn't have its own category
['script_with_name'] = 'CS1 uses $1-language script ($2)', -- |script-title=xx: has matching category; $1 is language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code
['jul_greg_uncertainty'] = 'CS1: Julian–Gregorian uncertainty', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of template with dates 1 October 1582 – 1 January 1926
['long_vol'] = 'CS1: long volume value', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |volume= values longer than 4 charachters
['year_range_abbreviated'] = 'CS1: abbreviated year range', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |date=, |year= values using YYYY–YY form
}

--[[-------------------< T I T L E _ T Y P E S >--------------------------------

Here we map a template's CitationClass to TitleType (default values for |type= parameter)

]]

local title_types = {
['AV-media-notes'] = 'Media notes',
['interview'] = 'Interview',
['mailinglist'] = 'Mailing list',
['map'] = 'Map',
['podcast'] = 'Podcast',
['pressrelease'] = 'Press release',
['report'] = 'Report',
['techreport'] = 'Technical report',
['thesis'] = 'Thesis',
}

--[[===================<< E R R O R M E S S A G I N G >>======================
]]

--[[----------< E R R O R M E S S A G E S U P P L I M E N T S >-------------

I18N for those messages that are supplemented with additional specific text that
describes the reason for the error

TODO: merge this with special_case_translations{}?
]]

local err_msg_supl = {
['char'] = 'invalid character', -- |isbn=, |sbn=
['check'] = 'checksum', -- |isbn=, |sbn=
['flag'] = 'flag', -- |archive-url=
['form'] = 'invalid form', -- |isbn=, |sbn=
['group'] = 'invalid group id', -- |isbn=
['initials'] = 'initials', -- Vancouver
['journal'] = 'journal', -- |bibcode=
['length'] = 'length', -- |isbn=, |bibcode=, |sbn=
['liveweb'] = 'liveweb', -- |archive-url=
['missing comma'] = 'missing comma', -- Vancouver
['name'] = 'name', -- Vancouver
['non-Latin char'] = 'non-Latin character', -- Vancouver
['path'] = 'path', -- |archive-url=
['prefix'] = 'invalid prefix', -- |isbn=
['punctuation'] = 'punctuation', -- Vancouver
['save'] = 'save command', -- |archive-url=
['suffix'] = 'suffix', -- Vancouver
['timestamp'] = 'timestamp', -- |archive-url=
['value'] = 'value', -- |bibcode=
['year'] = 'year', -- |bibcode=
}

--[[--------------< E R R O R _ C O N D I T I O N S >---------------------------

Error condition table. This table has two sections: errors at the top, maintenance
at the bottom. Maint 'messaging' does not have a 'message' (message=nil)

The following contains a list of IDs for various error conditions defined in the
code. For each ID, we specify a text message to display, an error category to
include, and whether the error message should be wrapped as a hidden comment.

Anchor changes require identical changes to matching anchor in Help:CS1 errors

TODO: rename error_conditions{} to something more generic; create separate error
and maint tables inside that?

]]

local error_conditions = {
err_accessdate_missing_url = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|access-date=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|url=</code>',
anchor = 'accessdate_missing_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: access-date without URL',
hidden = false
},
err_apostrophe_markup = {
message = 'Italic or bold markup not allowed in: <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'apostrophe_markup',
category = 'CS1 errors: markup',
hidden = false
},
err_archive_missing_date = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|archive-url=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|archive-date=</code>',
anchor = 'archive_missing_date',
category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url',
hidden = false
},
err_archive_missing_url = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|archive-url=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|url=</code>',
anchor = 'archive_missing_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url',
hidden = false
},
err_archive_url = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|archive-url=</code> is malformed: $1', -- $1 is error message detail
anchor = 'archive_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url',
hidden = false
},
err_arxiv_missing = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|arxiv=</code> required',
anchor = 'arxiv_missing',
category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv', -- same as bad arxiv
hidden = false
},
err_asintld_missing_asin = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|asin=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'asintld_missing_asin',
category = 'CS1 errors: ASIN TLD',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_arxiv = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|arxiv=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_arxiv',
category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_asin = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|asin=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_asin',
category ='CS1 errors: ASIN',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_asin_tld = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|asin-tld=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_asin_tld',
category ='CS1 errors: ASIN TLD',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_bibcode = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|bibcode=</code> $1', -- $1 is error message detail
anchor = 'bad_bibcode',
category = 'CS1 errors: bibcode',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_biorxiv = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|biorxiv=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_biorxiv',
category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_citeseerx = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|citeseerx=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_citeseerx',
category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_date = {
message = 'Check date values in: $1', -- $1 is a parameter name list
anchor = 'bad_date',
category = 'CS1 errors: dates',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_doi = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|doi=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_doi',
category = 'CS1 errors: DOI',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_hdl = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|hdl=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_hdl',
category = 'CS1 errors: HDL',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_isbn = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|isbn=</code> value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail
anchor = 'bad_isbn',
category = 'CS1 errors: ISBN',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_ismn = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|ismn=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_ismn',
category = 'CS1 errors: ISMN',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_issn = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|$1issn=</code> value', -- $1 is 'e' or '' for eissn or issn
anchor = 'bad_issn',
category = 'CS1 errors: ISSN',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_jfm = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|jfm=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_jfm',
category = 'CS1 errors: JFM',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_jstor = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|jstor=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_jstor',
category = 'CS1 errors: JSTOR',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_lccn = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|lccn=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_lccn',
category = 'CS1 errors: LCCN',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_mr = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|mr=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_mr',
category = 'CS1 errors: MR',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_oclc = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|oclc=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_oclc',
category = 'CS1 errors: OCLC',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_ol = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|ol=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_ol',
category = 'CS1 errors: OL',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_osti = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|osti=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_osti',
category = 'CS1 errors: OSTI',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_paramlink = { -- for |title-link=, |author/editor/translator-link=, |series-link=, |episode-link=
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> value', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'bad_paramlink',
category = 'CS1 errors: parameter link',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_pmc = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|pmc=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_pmc',
category = 'CS1 errors: PMC',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_pmid = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|pmid=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_pmid',
category = 'CS1 errors: PMID',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_rfc = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|rfc=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_rfc',
category = 'CS1 errors: RFC',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_s2cid = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|s2cid=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_s2cid',
category = 'CS1 errors: S2CID',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_sbn = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|sbn=</code> value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail
anchor = 'bad_sbn',
category = 'CS1 errors: SBN',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_ssrn = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|ssrn=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_ssrn',
category = 'CS1 errors: SSRN',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_url = {
message = 'Check $1 value', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'bad_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: URL',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_usenet_id = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|message-id=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_message_id',
category = 'CS1 errors: message-id',
hidden = false
},
err_bad_zbl = {
message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">|zbl=</code> value',
anchor = 'bad_zbl',
category = 'CS1 errors: Zbl',
hidden = false
},
err_bare_url_missing_title = {
message = '$1 missing title', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'bare_url_missing_title',
category = 'CS1 errors: bare URL',
hidden = false
},
err_biorxiv_missing = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|biorxiv=</code> required',
anchor = 'biorxiv_missing',
category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv', -- same as bad bioRxiv
hidden = false
},
err_chapter_ignored = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'chapter_ignored',
category = 'CS1 errors: chapter ignored',
hidden = false
},
err_citation_missing_title = {
message = 'Missing or empty <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'citation_missing_title',
category = 'CS1 errors: missing title',
hidden = false
},
err_citeseerx_missing = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|citeseerx=</code> required',
anchor = 'citeseerx_missing',
category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx', -- same as bad citeseerx
hidden = false
},
err_cite_web_url = { -- this error applies to cite web and to cite podcast
message = 'Missing or empty <code class="cs1-code">|url=</code>',
anchor = 'cite_web_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: requires URL',
hidden = false
},
err_class_ignored = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|class=</code> ignored',
anchor = 'class_ignored',
category = 'CS1 errors: class',
hidden = false
},
err_contributor_ignored = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|contributor=</code> ignored',
anchor = 'contributor_ignored',
category = 'CS1 errors: contributor',
hidden = false
},
err_contributor_missing_required_param = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|contributor=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'contributor_missing_required_param',
category = 'CS1 errors: contributor',
hidden = false
},
err_deprecated_params = {
message = 'Cite uses deprecated parameter <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'deprecated_params',
category = 'CS1 errors: deprecated parameters',
hidden = false
},
err_disp_name = {
message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">|$1=$2</code>', -- $1 is parameter name; $2 is the assigned value
anchor = 'disp_name',
category = 'CS1 errors: display-names',
hidden = false,
},
err_doibroken_missing_doi = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|doi=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'doibroken_missing_doi',
category = 'CS1 errors: DOI',
hidden = false
},
err_embargo_missing_pmc = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|pmc=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'embargo_missing_pmc',
category = 'CS1 errors: PMC embargo',
hidden = false
},
err_empty_citation = {
message = 'Empty citation',
anchor = 'empty_citation',
category = 'CS1 errors: empty citation',
hidden = false
},
err_etal = {
message = 'Explicit use of et al. in: <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'explicit_et_al',
category = 'CS1 errors: explicit use of et al.',
hidden = false
},
err_extra_text_edition = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|edition=</code> has extra text',
anchor = 'extra_text_edition',
category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: edition',
hidden = false,
},
err_extra_text_issue = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'extra_text_issue',
category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: issue',
hidden = false,
},
err_extra_text_pages = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'extra_text_pages',
category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: pages',
hidden = false,
},
err_extra_text_volume = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'extra_text_volume',
category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: volume',
hidden = true,
},
err_first_missing_last = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> missing <code class="cs1-code">|$2=</code>', -- $1 is first alias, $2 is matching last alias
anchor = 'first_missing_last',
category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator
hidden = false
},
err_format_missing_url = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|$2=</code>', -- $1 is format parameter $2 is url parameter
anchor = 'format_missing_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: format without URL',
hidden = false
},
err_generic_title = {
message = 'Cite uses generic title',
anchor = 'generic_title',
category = 'CS1 errors: generic title',
hidden = false,
},
err_invalid_param_val = {
message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">|$1=$2</code>', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is parameter value
anchor = 'invalid_param_val',
category = 'CS1 errors: invalid parameter value',
hidden = false
},
err_invisible_char = {
message = '$1 in $2 at position $3', -- $1 is invisible char $2 is parameter name $3 is position number
anchor = 'invisible_char',
category = 'CS1 errors: invisible characters',
hidden = false
},
err_missing_name = {
message = 'Missing <code class="cs1-code">|$1$2=</code>', -- $1 is modified NameList; $2 is enumerator
anchor = 'missing_name',
category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator
hidden = false
},
err_missing_periodical = {
message = 'Cite $1 requires <code class="cs1-code">|$2=</code>', -- $1 is cs1 template name; $2 is canonical periodical parameter name for cite $1
anchor = 'missing_periodical',
category = 'CS1 errors: missing periodical',
hidden = true
},
err_missing_pipe = {
message = 'Missing pipe in: <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'missing_pipe',
category = 'CS1 errors: missing pipe',
hidden = false
},
err_param_access_requires_param = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|$1-access=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'param_access_requires_param',
category = 'CS1 errors: param-access',
hidden = false
},
err_param_has_ext_link = {
message = 'External link in <code class="cs1-code">$1</code>', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'param_has_ext_link',
category = 'CS1 errors: external links',
hidden = false
},
err_parameter_ignored = {
message = 'Unknown parameter <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name
anchor = 'parameter_ignored',
category = 'CS1 errors: unsupported parameter',
hidden = false
},
err_parameter_ignored_suggest = {
message = 'Unknown parameter <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> ignored (<code class="cs1-code">|$2=</code> suggested)', -- $1 is unknown parameter $2 is suggested parameter name
anchor = 'parameter_ignored_suggest',
category = 'CS1 errors: unsupported parameter',
hidden = false
},
err_redundant_parameters = {
message = 'More than one of $1 specified', -- $1 is error message detail
anchor = 'redundant_parameters',
category = 'CS1 errors: redundant parameter',
hidden = false
},
err_script_parameter = {
message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code>: $2', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is script language code or error detail
anchor = 'script_parameter',
category = 'CS1 errors: script parameters',
hidden = false
},
err_ssrn_missing = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|ssrn=</code> required',
anchor = 'ssrn_missing',
category = 'CS1 errors: SSRN', -- same as bad arxiv
hidden = false
},
err_text_ignored = {
message = 'Text "$1" ignored', -- $1 is ignored text
anchor = 'text_ignored',
category = 'CS1 errors: unrecognized parameter',
hidden = false
},
err_trans_missing_title = {
message = '<code class="cs1-code">|trans-$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">|$1=</code> or <code class="cs1-code">|script-$1=</code>', -- $1 is base parameter name
anchor = 'trans_missing_title',
category = 'CS1 errors: translated title',
hidden = false
},
err_param_unknown_empty = {
message = 'Cite has empty unknown parameter$1: $2', -- $1 is 's' or empty space; $2 is emty unknown param list
anchor = 'param_unknown_empty',
category = 'CS1 errors: empty unknown parameters',
hidden = false
},
err_vancouver = {
message = 'Vancouver style error: $1 in name $2', -- $1 is error detail, $2 is the nth name
anchor = 'vancouver',
category = 'CS1 errors: Vancouver style',
hidden = false
},
err_wikilink_in_url = {
message = 'URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash
anchor = 'wikilink_in_url',
category = 'CS1 errors: URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash
hidden = false
},

--[[--------------------------< M A I N T >-------------------------------------

maint messages do not have a message (message = nil); otherwise the structure
is the same as error messages

]]
maint_archived_copy = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'archived_copy',
category = 'CS1 maint: archived copy as title',
hidden = true,
},
maint_authors = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'authors',
category = 'CS1 maint: uses authors parameter',
hidden = true,
},
maint_bot_unknown = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'bot:_unknown',
category = 'CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown',
hidden = true,
},
maint_date_format = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'date_format',
category = 'CS1 maint: date format',
hidden = true,
},
maint_date_year = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'date_year',
category = 'CS1 maint: date and year',
hidden = true,
},
maint_discouraged = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'discouraged',
category = 'CS1 maint: discouraged parameter',
hidden = true,
},
maint_doi_ignore = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'doi_ignore',
category = 'CS1 maint: ignored DOI errors',
hidden = true,
},
maint_doi_inactive = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'doi_inactive',
category = 'CS1 maint: DOI inactive',
hidden = true,
},
maint_doi_inactive_dated = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'doi_inactive_dated',
category = 'CS1 maint: DOI inactive as of $2$3$1', -- $1 is year, $2 is month-name or empty string, $3 is space or empty string
hidden = true,
},
maint_extra_punct = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'extra_punct',
category = 'CS1 maint: extra punctuation',
hidden = true,
},
maint_extra_text_names = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'extra_text_names',
category = 'CS1 maint: extra text: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table
hidden = true,
},
maint_isbn_ignore = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'ignore_isbn_err',
category = 'CS1 maint: ignored ISBN errors',
hidden = true,
},
maint_issn_ignore = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'ignore_issn',
category = 'CS1 maint: ignored ISSN errors',
hidden = true,
},
maint_jfm_format = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'jfm_format',
category = 'CS1 maint: JFM format',
hidden = true,
},
maint_location = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'location',
category = 'CS1 maint: location',
hidden = true,
},
maint_mr_format = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'mr_format',
category = 'CS1 maint: MR format',
hidden = true,
},
maint_mult_names = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'mult_names',
category = 'CS1 maint: multiple names: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table
hidden = true,
},
maint_numeric_names = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'numeric_names',
category = 'CS1 maint: numeric names: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table
hidden = true,
},
maint_others = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'others',
category = 'CS1 maint: others',
hidden = true,
},
maint_others_avm = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'others_avm',
category = 'CS1 maint: others in cite AV media (notes)',
hidden = true,
},
maint_pmc_embargo = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'embargo',
category = 'CS1 maint: PMC embargo expired',
hidden = true,
},
maint_pmc_format = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'pmc_format',
category = 'CS1 maint: PMC format',
hidden = true,
},
maint_postscript = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'postscript',
category = 'CS1 maint: postscript',
hidden = true,
},
maint_ref_duplicates_default = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'ref_default',
category = 'CS1 maint: ref duplicates default',
hidden = true,
},
maint_ref_harv = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'ref_harv',
category = 'CS1 maint: ref=harv',
hidden = true,
},
maint_unfit = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'unfit',
category = 'CS1 maint: unfit URL',
hidden = true,
},
maint_unknown_lang = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'unknown_lang',
category = 'CS1 maint: unrecognized language',
hidden = true,
},
maint_untitled = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'untitled',
category = 'CS1 maint: untitled periodical',
hidden = true,
},
maint_zbl = {
message = nil,
anchor = 'zbl',
category = 'CS1 maint: Zbl',
hidden = true,
},
}

--[[--------------------------< I D _ H A N D L E R S >--------------------------------------------------------

The following contains a list of values for various defined identifiers. For each
identifier we specify a variety of information necessary to properly render the
identifier in the citation.

parameters: a list of parameter aliases for this identifier; first in the list is the canonical form
link: Wikipedia article name
redirect: a local redirect to a local Wikipedia article name; at en.wiki, 'ISBN (identifier)' is a redirect to 'International Standard Book Number'
q: Wikidata q number for the identifier
label: the label preceeding the identifier; label is linked to a Wikipedia article (in this order):
redirect from id_handlers['<id>'].redirect when use_identifier_redirects is true
Wikidata-supplied article name for the local wiki from id_handlers['<id>'].q
local article name from id_handlers['<id>'].link
prefix: the first part of a URL that will be concatenated with a second part which usually contains the identifier
suffix: optional third part to be added after the identifier
encode: true if URI should be percent-encoded; otherwise false
COinS: identifier link or keyword for use in COinS:
for identifiers registered at info-uri.info use: info:.... where '...' is the appropriate identifier label
for identifiers that have COinS keywords, use the keyword: rft.isbn, rft.issn, rft.eissn
for |asin= and |ol=, which require assembly, use the keyword: url
for others make a URL using the value in prefix/suffix and #label, use the keyword: pre (not checked; any text other than 'info', 'rft', or 'url' works here)
set to nil to leave the identifier out of the COinS
separator: character or text between label and the identifier in the rendered citation
id_limit: for those identifiers with established limits, this property holds the upper limit
access: use this parameter to set the access level for all instances of this identifier.
the value must be a valid access level for an identifier (see ['id-access'] in this file).
custom_access: to enable custom access level for an identifier, set this parameter
to the parameter that should control it (normally 'id-access')
]]

local id_handlers = {
['ARXIV'] = {
parameters = {'arxiv', 'eprint'},
link = 'arXiv',
redirect = 'arXiv (identifier)',
q = 'Q118398',
label = 'arXiv',
prefix = '//arxiv.org/abs/', -- protocol-relative tested 2013-09-04
encode = false,
COinS = 'info:arxiv',
separator = ':',
access = 'free', -- free to read
},
['ASIN'] = {
parameters = { 'asin', 'ASIN' },
link = 'Amazon Standard Identification Number',
redirect = 'ASIN (identifier)',
q = 'Q1753278',
label = 'ASIN',
prefix = '//www.amazon.',
COinS = 'url',
separator = ' ',
encode = false;
},
['BIBCODE'] = {
parameters = {'bibcode'},
link = 'Bibcode',
redirect = 'Bibcode (identifier)',
q = 'Q25754',
label = 'Bibcode',
prefix = 'https://ui.adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/',
encode = false,
COinS = 'info:bibcode',
separator = ':',
custom_access = 'bibcode-access',
},
['BIORXIV'] = {
parameters = {'biorxiv'},
link = 'bioRxiv',
redirect = 'bioRxiv (identifier)',
q = 'Q19835482',
label = 'bioRxiv',
prefix = '//doi.org/',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
access = 'free', -- free to read
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
},
['CITESEERX'] = {
parameters = {'citeseerx'},
link = 'CiteSeerX',
redirect = 'CiteSeerX (identifier)',
q = 'Q2715061',
label = 'CiteSeerX',
prefix = '//citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
access = 'free', -- free to read
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
},
['DOI'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
parameters = { 'doi', 'DOI'},
link = 'Digital object identifier',
redirect = 'doi (identifier)',
q = 'Q25670',
label = 'doi',
prefix = '//doi.org/',
COinS = 'info:doi',
separator = ':',
encode = true,
custom_access = 'doi-access',
},
['EISSN'] = {
parameters = {'eissn', 'EISSN'},
link = 'International Standard Serial Number#Electronic ISSN',
redirect = 'eISSN (identifier)',
q = 'Q46339674',
label = 'eISSN',
prefix = '//www.worldcat.org/issn/',
COinS = 'rft.eissn',
encode = false,
separator = ' ',
},
['HDL'] = {
parameters = { 'hdl', 'HDL' },
link = 'Handle System',
redirect = 'hdl (identifier)',
q = 'Q3126718',
label = 'hdl',
prefix = '//hdl.handle.net/',
COinS = 'info:hdl',
separator = ':',
encode = true,
custom_access = 'hdl-access',
},
['ISBN'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot
parameters = {'isbn', 'ISBN', 'isbn13', 'ISBN13'},
link = 'International Standard Book Number',
redirect = 'ISBN (identifier)',
q = 'Q33057',
label = 'ISBN',
prefix = 'Special:BookSources/',
COinS = 'rft.isbn',
separator = ' ',
},
['ISMN'] = {
parameters = {'ismn', 'ISMN'},
link = 'International Standard Music Number',
redirect = 'ISMN (identifier)',
q = 'Q1666938',
label = 'ISMN',
prefix = '', -- not currently used;
COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info:
separator = ' ',
},
['ISSN'] = {
parameters = {'issn', 'ISSN'},
link = 'International Standard Serial Number',
redirect = 'ISSN (identifier)',
q = 'Q131276',
label = 'ISSN',
prefix = '//www.worldcat.org/issn/',
COinS = 'rft.issn',
encode = false,
separator = ' ',
},
['JFM'] = {
parameters = {'jfm', 'JFM'},
link = 'Jahrbuch über die Fortschritte der Mathematik',
redirect = 'JFM (identifier)',
q = '',
label = 'JFM',
prefix = '//zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
},
['JSTOR'] = {
parameters = {'jstor', 'JSTOR'},
link = 'JSTOR',
redirect = 'JSTOR (identifier)',
q = 'Q1420342',
label = 'JSTOR',
prefix = '//www.jstor.org/stable/', -- protocol-relative tested 2013-09-04
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = false,
separator = ' ',
custom_access = 'jstor-access',
},
['LCCN'] = {
parameters = {'lccn', 'LCCN'},
link = 'Library of Congress Control Number',
redirect = 'LCCN (identifier)',
q = 'Q620946',
label = 'LCCN',
prefix = '//lccn.loc.gov/', -- protocol-relative tested 2015-12-28
COinS = 'info:lccn',
encode = false,
separator = ' ',
},
['MR'] = {
parameters = {'mr', 'MR'},
link = 'Mathematical Reviews',
redirect = 'MR (identifier)',
q = 'Q211172',
label = 'MR',
prefix = '//www.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=', -- protocol-relative tested 2013-09-04
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
},
['OCLC'] = {
parameters = {'oclc', 'OCLC'},
link = 'OCLC',
redirect = 'OCLC (identifier)',
q = 'Q190593',
label = 'OCLC',
prefix = '//www.worldcat.org/oclc/',
COinS = 'info:oclcnum',
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
id_limit = 9999999999, -- 10-digits
},
['OL'] = {
parameters = { 'ol', 'OL' },
link = 'Open Library',
redirect = 'OL (identifier)',
q = 'Q1201876',
label = 'OL',
prefix = '//openlibrary.org/',
COinS = 'url',
separator = ' ',
encode = true,
custom_access = 'ol-access',
},
['OSTI'] = {
parameters = {'osti', 'OSTI'},
link = 'Office of Scientific and Technical Information',
redirect = 'OSTI (identifier)',
q = 'Q2015776',
label = 'OSTI',
prefix = '//www.osti.gov/biblio/', -- protocol-relative tested 2018-09-12
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
id_limit = 23000000,
custom_access = 'osti-access',
},
['PMC'] = {
parameters = {'pmc', 'PMC'},
link = 'PubMed Central',
redirect = 'PMC (identifier)',
q = 'Q229883',
label = 'PMC',
prefix = '//www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC',
suffix = '',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
id_limit = 8300000,
access = 'free', -- free to read
},
['PMID'] = {
parameters = {'pmid', 'PMID'},
link = 'PubMed Identifier',
redirect = 'PMID (identifier)',
q = 'Q2082879',
label = 'PMID',
prefix = '//pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/',
COinS = 'info:pmid',
encode = false,
separator = ' ',
id_limit = 34400000,
},
['RFC'] = {
parameters = {'rfc', 'RFC'},
link = 'Request for Comments',
redirect = 'RFC (identifier)',
q = 'Q212971',
label = 'RFC',
prefix = '//tools.ietf.org/html/rfc',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = false,
separator = ' ',
id_limit = 9000,
access = 'free', -- free to read
},
['SBN'] = {
parameters = {'sbn', 'SBN'},
link = 'Standard Book Number', -- redirect to International_Standard_Book_Number#History
redirect = 'SBN (identifier)',
label = 'SBN',
prefix = 'Special:BookSources/0-', -- prefix has leading zero necessary to make 9-digit sbn a 10-digit isbn
COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info:
separator = ' ',
},
['SSRN'] = {
parameters = {'ssrn', 'SSRN'},
link = 'Social Science Research Network',
redirect = 'SSRN (identifier)',
q = 'Q7550801',
label = 'SSRN',
prefix = '//ssrn.com/abstract=', -- protocol-relative tested 2013-09-04
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
id_limit = 4000000,
access = 'free', -- always free to read
},
['S2CID'] = {
parameters = {'s2cid', 'S2CID'},
link = 'Semantic Scholar',
redirect = 'S2CID (identifier)',
q = 'Q22908627',
label = 'S2CID',
prefix = 'https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = false,
separator = ' ',
id_limit = 235000000,
custom_access = 's2cid-access',
},
['USENETID'] = {
parameters = {'message-id'},
link = 'Usenet',
redirect = 'Usenet (identifier)',
q = 'Q193162',
label = 'Usenet:',
prefix = 'news:',
encode = false,
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
separator = ' ',
},
['ZBL'] = {
parameters = {'zbl', 'ZBL' },
link = 'Zentralblatt MATH',
redirect = 'Zbl (identifier)',
q = 'Q190269',
label = 'Zbl',
prefix = '//zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:',
COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value
encode = true,
separator = ' ',
},
}

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >---------------------------------
]]

return {
use_identifier_redirects = true, -- when true use redirect name for identifier label links

aliases = aliases,
special_case_translation = special_case_translation,
date_names = date_names,
err_msg_supl = err_msg_supl,
error_conditions = error_conditions,
editor_markup_patterns = editor_markup_patterns,
et_al_patterns = et_al_patterns,
global_df = global_df,
id_handlers = id_handlers,
keywords_lists = keywords_lists,
keywords_xlate = keywords_xlate,
stripmarkers=stripmarkers,
invisible_chars = invisible_chars,
invisible_defs = invisible_defs,
indic_script = indic_script,
emoji = emoji,
local_lang_cat_enable = local_lang_cat_enable,
maint_cats = maint_cats,
messages = messages,
presentation = presentation,
prop_cats = prop_cats,
punct_skip = punct_skip,
script_lang_codes = script_lang_codes,
lang_code_remap = lang_code_remap,
lang_name_remap = lang_name_remap,
this_wiki_code = this_wiki_code,
title_types = title_types,
uncategorized_namespaces = uncategorized_namespaces,
uncategorized_subpages = uncategorized_subpages,
templates_using_volume = templates_using_volume,
templates_using_issue = templates_using_issue,
templates_not_using_page = templates_not_using_page,
vol_iss_pg_patterns = vol_iss_pg_patterns,

inter_wiki_map = inter_wiki_map,
languages = languages,
}

Module:Citation/CS1/COinS

2021-09-26T15:44:15Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]

local is_set, in_array, remove_wiki_link, strip_apostrophe_markup; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------

Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)

Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't corrupted with strings
of %27%27...

]]

local function make_coins_title (title, script)
if is_set (title) then
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
title = ''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
end
if is_set (script) then
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
script = ''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------

Returns a string where all of Lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]

local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other Lua magic pattern characters
return argument;
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------

Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.

]]

local function get_coins_pages (pages)
local pattern;
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done

while true do
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the URL and following space(s): "[url "
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more URLs
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape Lua's magic pattern characters
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
end
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace HTML entities (– etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like   and the like?
return pages;
end

--[=[-------------------------< C O I N S _ R E P L A C E _ M A T H _ S T R I P M A R K E R >------------------

There are three options for math markup rendering that depend on the editor's math preference settings. These
settings are at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering]] and are
PNG images
TeX source
MathML with SVG or PNG fallback

All three are heavy with HTML and CSS which doesn't belong in the metadata.

Without this function, the metadata saved in the raw wikitext contained the rendering determined by the settings
of the last editor to save the page.

This function gets the rendered form of an equation according to the editor's preference before the page is saved. It
then searches the rendering for the text equivalent of the rendered equation and replaces the rendering with that so
that the page is saved without extraneous HTML/CSS markup and with a reasonably readable text form of the equation.

When a replacement is made, this function returns true and the value with replacement; otherwise false and the initial
value. To replace multipe equations it is necessary to call this function from within a loop.

]=]

local function coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value)
local stripmarker = cfg.stripmarkers['math'];
local rendering = value:match (stripmarker); -- is there a math stripmarker

if not rendering then -- when value doesn't have a math stripmarker, abandon this test
return false, value;
end

rendering = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (rendering); -- convert stripmarker into rendered value (or nil? ''? when math render error)

if rendering:match ('alt="[^"]+"') then -- if PNG math option
rendering = rendering:match ('alt="([^"]+)"'); -- extract just the math text
elseif rendering:match ('$%s+.+%s+%$') then -- if TeX math option; $ is legit character that is escapes as \$
rendering = rendering:match ('$%s+(.+)%s+%$') -- extract just the math text
elseif rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>.+</annotation>') then -- if MathML math option
rendering = rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>(.+)</annotation>') -- extract just the math text
else
return false, value; -- had math stripmarker but not one of the three defined forms
end

return true, value:gsub (stripmarker, rendering, 1);
end

--[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >----------------------------------------------------

Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain HTML entities.

2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki (). It replaces math stripmarkers with the appropriate content
when it shouldn't. See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29

TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible
characters table?

]]

local function coins_cleanup (value)
local replaced = true; -- default state to get the do loop running

while replaced do -- loop until all math stripmarkers replaced
replaced, value = coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value); -- replace math stripmarker with text representation of the equation
end

value = value:gsub (cfg.stripmarkers['math'], "MATH RENDER ERROR"); -- one or more couldn't be replaced; insert vague error message

value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content
value = value:gsub ('<span class="nowrap" style="padding%-left:0%.1em;">'(s?)</span>', "'%1"); -- replace {{'}} or {{'s}} with simple apostrophe or apostrophe-s
value = value:gsub (' ', ' '); -- replace   entity with plain space
value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space
if not mw.ustring.find (value, cfg.indic_script) then -- don't remove zero-width joiner characters from indic script
value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', ''); -- remove &zwj; entities
value = mw.ustring.gsub (value, '[\226\128\141\226\128\139\194\173]', ''); -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space, soft hyphen
end
value = value:gsub ('[\009\010\013 ]+', ' '); -- replace horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space
return value;
end

--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------

COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.

]]

local function COinS(data, class)
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
return '';
end

for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values
if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed)
data[k] = coins_cleanup (v);
end
end

local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";

-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
if is_set(value) then
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
end
end
});

if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn', 'journal', 'news', 'magazine'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or
('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier
if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite ssrn
elseif 'conference' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set)
elseif 'web' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set)
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles
end
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- 'periodical' article titles

-- these used only for periodicals
OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall
OCinSoutput["rft.quarter"] = data.Quarter; -- single digits 1->first quarter, etc.
OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata

elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier
if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report";
elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- conference paper as chapter in proceedings (book)
elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then
if is_set (data.Chapter) then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title
else
if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia
end
end
else -- {'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'}
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown";
end
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation

else -- cite thesis
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier
OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported)
OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only
OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
end
-- NB. Not currently supported are "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:patent", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:sch_svc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:ctx"
-- and now common parameters (as much as possible)
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation

for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
if k == 'ISBN' then v = v:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" ); end
local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc. that have defined COinS keywords
OCinSoutput[ id ] = v;
elseif 'url' == id then -- for urls that are assembled in ~/Identifiers; |asin= and |ol=
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat ({data.ID_list[k], "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label});
elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil so urls created here
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v, cfg.id_handlers[k].suffix or '', "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label }; -- others; provide a URL and indicate identifier name as #fragment (human-readable, but transparent to browsers)
end
end

local last, first;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki stripmarkers, non-printing or invisible characters
if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name
end
else -- for all other authors
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
end
-- TODO: At present we do not report "et al.". Add anything special if this condition applies?
end
end

OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };

-- TODO: Add optional extra info:
-- rfr_dat=#REVISION<version> (referrer private data)
-- ctx_id=<data.RawPage>#<ref> (identifier for the context object)
-- ctx_tim=<ts> (timestamp in format yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssTZD or yyyy-mm-dd)
-- ctx_enc=info:ofi/enc:UTF-8 (character encoding)

OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );

-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
-- table.sort( OCinSoutput );
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >--------------------------------------

Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules.

]]

local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr)
cfg = cfg_table_ptr;

is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module
in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array;
remove_wiki_link = utilities_page_ptr.remove_wiki_link;
strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities_page_ptr.strip_apostrophe_markup;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {
make_coins_title = make_coins_title,
get_coins_pages = get_coins_pages,
COinS = COinS,
set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules,
}

Module:Citation/CS1

2021-09-26T15:44:15Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

require('Module:No globals');

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
]]

local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist

--[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >---------------
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
other modules; that are created here and used here
]]
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_discouraged_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table

--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.

This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.

]]

local function first_set (list, count)
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.

added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
if added_vanc_errs then return end

added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_vancouver', {source, position}, true ) } );
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------

does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

returns true if it does, else false

]]

local function is_scheme (scheme)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------

Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?

Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db

RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.

Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported

domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.

There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed

returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false

]=]

local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end

domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once

if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
end

if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
return false;
end

local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
}

for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
end
end

for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
return true
end
end
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------

returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.

This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.

]]

local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
end
end

--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.

First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).

If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.

When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.

Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?

Strip off any port and path;

]]

local function split_url (url_str)
local scheme, authority, domain;

url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')

if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end

return scheme, domain;
end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs

Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links

returns false when the value contains any of these characters.

When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).

]]

local function link_param_ok (value)
local scheme, domain;
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end

scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end

--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------

Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.

|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when
that condition exists

check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.

]]

local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix

if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
end
end
end

if utilities.is_set (orig) then
link = ''; -- unset
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end

return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.

First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.

Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4

]]

local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
return false;
end
local scheme, domain;

scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;

if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
end

return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.

The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].

]=]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;

if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
end

return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end

--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
if utilities.is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message = error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
error_message = error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
if utilities.is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions

]]

local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
end

return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '[',
[']'] = ']',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking

]]

local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
local error_str = "";
local domain;
local path;
local base_url;

if not utilities.is_set ( label ) then
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set ( source ) then
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bare_url_missing_title', { utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end

domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end

base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL

if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
end

return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
end

--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.

added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not added_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end

--[[--------------------------< D I S C O U R A G E D _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an maintenance message when the citation contains one or more discouraged parameters. Only
one error message is emitted regardless of the number of discouraged parameters in the citation.

added_discouraged_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above

]]

local function discouraged_parameter(name)
if not added_discouraged_cat then
added_discouraged_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'maint_discouraged', {name}, true ) } ); -- add maint message
end
end

--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.

This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.

Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.

]=]

local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap = '';
local cap2 = '';
local wl_type, label, link;

wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]

if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
end

else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)

cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end

cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end

if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
str = label;
end
end
return str;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=

]]

local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL

return script_value;
end

--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
if utilities.is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
if utilities.is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
return title;
end

--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
return "";
end
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end

--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------

Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.

str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=

]]

local function wikisource_url_make (str)
local wl_type, D, L;
local ws_url, ws_label;
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});

wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)

if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
});
end
end

if ws_url then
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
end

return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end

--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------

Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.

]]

local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
local periodical_error = '';

if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
end

periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
periodical = trans_periodical;
periodical_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
end
end

return periodical .. periodical_error;
end

--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local chapter_error = '';

local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
if ws_url then
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
chapter = ws_label;
end

if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end

chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped

if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
elseif ws_url then
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
end

if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = trans_chapter;
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
chapter_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
end
end

return chapter .. chapter_error;
end

--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------

This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
The search stops at the first match.

This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.

Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().

Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.

]]

local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found

capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
return;
end

for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern

if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
elseif cfg.emoji[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end

if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
else
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
end

table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true)}); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
end
end

--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------

Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
single internal variable.

]]

local function argument_wrapper ( args )
local origin = {};

return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
end
},
{
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return nil;
end

local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];

if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
end

-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = '';
origin[k] = '';
end

tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end

--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
local cap = '';
local cap2 = '';

if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);

elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end

return date;
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end

return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------

Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate
like items; unlike items are returned unmodified. These forms are modified:
letter - letter (A - B)
digit - digit (4-5)
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and
digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and
digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)

any other forms are returned unmodified.

str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list

]]

local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not utilities.is_set (str) then
return str;
end

local accept; -- Boolean

str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['–'] = '–', ['—'] = '—'}); -- replace — and – entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split
str = str:gsub ('-', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character

str = str:gsub (' ', ' '); -- replace   entity with generic keyboard space character

local out = {};
local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any

for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
item, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item
if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit
item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
else
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace
end
end
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
end

local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
temp_str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out
if accept then
temp_str = utilities.has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str; do it this way to suppress boolean second return value
return temp_str;
else
return temp_str; -- else, return assembled temp_str
end
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
f.gsub = string.gsub
f.match = string.match
f.sub = string.sub
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
f.match = mw.ustring.match
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
end

local str = ''; -- the output string
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end

if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
end
end

if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it

value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------

returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.

]]

local function is_suffix (suffix)
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
end
return false;
end

--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------

For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
(read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿǄ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿǄ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.

\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – Ǆ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
if not suffix then
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
end
end
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
return true;
end

--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");

if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
end

if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word

local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials

names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix

while names[i] do -- loop through the table
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
end

return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------

Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)

names in the list will be linked when
|<name>-link= has a value
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
rendered previously so should have been linked there

when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered

]]

local function list_people (control, people, etal)
local sep;
local namesep;
local format = control.format;
local maximum = control.maximum;
local name_list = {};

if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end

if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names

for i, person in ipairs (people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
local one;
local sep_one = sep;

if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
end

if mask then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
if n then
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("—", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
end
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
local first = person.first -- get given name
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
end
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
end
end
end

local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if 0 < count then
if 1 < count and not etal then
if 'amp' == format then
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
elseif 'and' == format then
if 2 == count then
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
end
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end

local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end

return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end

--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise
returns an empty string.

namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
order. year is Year or anchor_year.

]]

local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end

--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------

Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
|display-<names>=etal parameter

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)

if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration

for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added
end
end
end
end

return name, etal;
end

--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------

Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters. Does not catch
mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the
current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
if utilities.is_set (name) then
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end

--[[-------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extraneous editor annotations:
ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotations do not belong in author parameters and
are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function adds the editor markup
maintenance category.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration

if utilities.is_set (name) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
if name:match (pattern) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
break;
end
end
end
end

--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------

Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.

returns nothing

]]

local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
if utilities.is_set (name) then
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
-- entities
_, nbsps = name:gsub (' ',''); -- count nbsps

-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per   entity, so subtract nbsps
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
-- they also can be subtracted.
if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
end
end
end

--[[------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >---------------------------

This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content
of the various name-holding parameters.

]]

local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
local accept_name;

if utilities.is_set (last) then
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>

if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
end
end

if utilities.is_set (first) then
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>

if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
end
end

return last, first; -- done
end

--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
|lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
while true do
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );

last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks

if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
table.insert (z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_first_missing_last', {
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
if first then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
end

names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end

return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end

--[[---------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >----------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.

Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because
case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses,
the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia
version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no
match, we return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of
languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam'
and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Most (all?) of these languages are not used a
'language' codes per se, rather they are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.
A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames() can be found
at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc

Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the
|language= parameter. For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name
will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found and the
associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the
WikiMedia language name.

Some language names have multiple entries under different codes:
Aromanian has code rup and code roa-rup
When this occurs, this function returns the language name and the 2- or 3-character code

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.

]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
end

local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both IETF-like codes and ISO 639-like codes
local ietf_name;

local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang); -- lower-case version for comparisons

for code, name in pairs (cfg.languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then
if 2 == #code or 3 == #code then -- two- or three-character codes only; IETF extensions not supported
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code
end
ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an IETF-like code and save its name
ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code
end
end
-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if IETF-like code found return
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else
end

--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------

Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.

When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.

Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
recognized but code 'ara' is not.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
optional space characters.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=

local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name

names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list

for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang:lower()]; -- first see if this is a code that is not supported by MediaWiki but is in remap

if name then -- there was a remapped code so
if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private IETF tag
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip IETF tags from code
end
else
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any IETF-like tags from code
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
end
end

if utilities.is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end

if utilities.is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names

if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
end
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it
end
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end

table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end

name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);

if this_wiki_name == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end

--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.
]]
local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
else
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.
]]
local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
else
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
end

if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
postscript = '';
end

return sep, postscript
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------

Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end

--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------

Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if utilities.is_set (format) then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
format = format .. ' ' .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return format;
end

--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------

Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal

]]

local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
if utilities.is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}, true)}); -- add error message
max = nil;
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}, true)}); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end

return max, etal;
end

--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------

Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
where x and X are letters and # is a digit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', {name}, true)}); -- add error message
return; -- and done
end
end
end
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------

Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.

For |volume=:
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
are allowed.

For |issue=:
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
parameter content (all case insensitive).

Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.

<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=

sets error message on failure; returns nothing

]]

local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
return;
end

local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns;

local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message (handler, {name}, true)}); -- add error message
return; -- and done
end
end
end

--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------

split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked

|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))

]=]

local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder

local i = 1;

while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
local name = name_table[i];
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
i = i + 1;
end
return output_table;
end

--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.

This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;

vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas

for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
local accept_name;
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>

if accept_name then
last = v_name;
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix

if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
first = ''; -- unset
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
end
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
end
else
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end

if utilities.is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
end
end

link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst = true;
end

if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end

if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val)
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif utilities.in_array (value, possible) then
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
end
end

--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------

This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.

]]

local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
end
end

--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------

returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.

]]

local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
return '';
end

if 'magazine' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end

if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end

local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine

if utilities.is_set (volume) then
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or Roman numerals and longer than 4 characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long_vol');
else -- four or less characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
end
end
if utilities.is_set (issue) then
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end

--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------

adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets

Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.

]]

local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end

local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);

if utilities.is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end

return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end

--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------

returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.

If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it?

TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;

TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?

]]

local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)

if utilities.is_set (page) then
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
pages = ''; -- unset the others
at = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if utilities.is_set (at) then
at = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.

ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end

return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------

add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value

]]

local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, true)}); -- add error message
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
end
end

return archive, date;
end

--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------

Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.

When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.

This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=

There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form

The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.

This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)

]=]

local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL

if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end

if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation

if not utilities.is_set (timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
if '*' ~= flag then
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
if utilities.is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end

--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------

check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)

returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits

]]

local function place_check (param_val)
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
return param_val; -- return that empty state
end

if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
end

return param_val; -- and done
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------

compares |title= value against list of known generic title patterns. Returns true when pattern matches; nil else

the k/v pairs in 'generic_titles' each contain two tables, one for English and one for another 'local' language
Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole title or title fragment) in
index [1]. index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.

]]

local function is_generic_title (title)
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
for _, generic_title in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation['generic_titles']) do -- spin through the list of known generic title fragments
if title:find (generic_title['en'][1], 1, generic_title['en'][2]) then
return true; -- found English generic title so done
elseif generic_title['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_title['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic title
if mw.ustring.find (title, generic_title['local'][1], 1, generic_title['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true; -- found local generic title so done
end
end
end
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------

compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else

]]

local function is_archived_copy (title)
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
return true;
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true;
end
end
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args )
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
local i

-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.

local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];

do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end

local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=

do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
end
end

local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
end
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=

if 0 < #c then
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end

local Title = A['Title'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];

local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
local accept_link;
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
end

TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set

local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
end

local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = '';
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local i;
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)});
end
end

if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )});
end

Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
end

local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];

-- web and news not tested for now because of
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
if p[config.CitationClass] then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)});
end
end

local Volume;
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals'
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
else
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');

local Issue;
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'
utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');

local Page;
local Pages;
local At;
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
At = A['At'];
end

local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));

local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local i = 0;
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)});
end
end

local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');

if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
local error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true);
if utilities.is_set (error_text) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end

PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
end

local URL = A['URL']
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);

if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
UrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
end

local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } );
end

local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
MapUrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } );
end

local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category

local coins_pages;

Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);

local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);

if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
if PublicationPlace == Place then
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
end
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end

if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same

local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];

--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=

|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified

]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS

if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)});
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
end
end

if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )});
end

if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
end

if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;

ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;

if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- |title= not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end

-- special case for cite techreport.
local ID = A['ID'];
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
Chapter_origin = 'title';
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
URL_origin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end

-- CS1/2 mode
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
-- separator character and postscript
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
-- controls capitalization of certain static text
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );

-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
Chapter = A['Map'];
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')

ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];

Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
local Series = A['Series'];
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];

SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set

local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');

if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter

Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;

Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';

else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end

if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end

-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Date = A['Date'];
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local Year = A['Year'];

if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
end

if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]

local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
end

local ArchiveURL;
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];

ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');

ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL

local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};

local error_list = {};
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);

-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization

if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
end

if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
local modified = false; -- flag

if validation.edtf_transform (date_parameters_list) then -- edtf dates to MOS compliant format
modified = true;
end

if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end

if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end

-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
-- uncomment the next three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
-- set validation.date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
-- if validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
-- modified = true;
-- end

if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end
else
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)}); -- add this error message
end
end -- end of do

local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier

local ID_support = {
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
}

ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true)}); -- add error message
end

Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
end

-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free

if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
end
end

if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); -- add an error message
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
end

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } );
end

if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end

check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL
['title'] = Title,
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')] = Chapter,
[Periodical_origin] = Periodical,
[PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName
});

-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap

local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end

local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
local QuotePages = hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);

-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end

-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
end

local Editors;
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local contributor_etal;
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
local translator_etal;
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local Interviewers;
local interviewers_list = {};
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
local interviewer_etal;

-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
do
local last_first_list;
local control = {
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
mode = Mode
};

do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'));
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);

if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'));
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'));
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'));
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'));

last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);

if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do

if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end

end

local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');

-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end

if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end

-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end

local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
local OriginalURL
local OriginalURL_origin
local OriginalFormat
local OriginalAccess;
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=

if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;

if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
end
end

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end

if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end

Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end

-- Format main title
local plain_title = false;
local accept_title;
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end

if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end

if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
end

if is_generic_title (Title) then
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ( 'err_generic_title', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message
end
end

if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end

local TransError = "";
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
TransError = " " .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end

if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message because we can't have both
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
end

if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
local ws_url;
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
if ws_url then
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError;
end
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
end
end
else
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
end

if utilities.is_set (Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end

local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end

local Position = '';
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];

if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end

Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);

At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
local Inset = A['Inset'];

if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end

if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end

local Others = A['Others'];
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
end
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";

if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end

local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_extra_text_edition')}); -- add error
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end

Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
local Agency = A['Agency'];
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);

if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text

AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end

if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end

local Docket = A['Docket'];
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
end
if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end

if utilities.is_set (URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
end

local Quote = A['Quote'];
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then

if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
end

Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags

if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
end

if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
end

if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
local quote_prefix = '';
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
elseif not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
end
end

Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
else
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
end

PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end

-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
-- a displayed postscript.
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
utilities.set_message('maint_postscript')
end

local Archived
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
local arch_text;
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
end
if "live" == UrlStatus then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end

local Lay = '';
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then
LaySource = " – ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end

local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end

local Publisher;
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end

local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical'];
local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
else
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
end
end

local Language = A['Language'];
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
else
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end

--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end

-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set

if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end

elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end

elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );

else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end

if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end

local Via = A['Via'];
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
local idcommon;
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
else
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
end

local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;

local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
end
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
else
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end

if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
end

text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
local options = {};

if utilities.is_set (config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1'); -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2');
end

local Ref = A['Ref'];
if 'harv' == Ref then -- need to check this before setting to default
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value
elseif not utilities.is_set (Ref) then
Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally
end
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then
local id = Ref
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation

if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
local citeref_id
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
else
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
end
if citeref_id == Ref then
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
end
if 'harv' == Ref then
id = citeref_id
end
options.id = id;
end

if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other HTML-like markup; then get length of what remains
z.error_categories = {};
text = utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end

local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation

if utilities.is_set (options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
else
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
end

table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation

if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, ' ');
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if utilities.is_set (v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1], v[2] ));
else
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
end
end
end
end

if 0 ~= #z.maintenance_cats then
local maint_msgs = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
local maint = {}; -- here we assemble a maintenence message
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text
table.insert (maint, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], {v})); -- add the link
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it
table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table
end
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save
end

if not no_tracking_cats then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do -- append error categories
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
end
end

return table.concat (render);
end

--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------

Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters

]]

local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
local name = tostring (name);
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
local state;
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
if 'discouraged' == state then
discouraged_parameter (name); -- parameter is discouraged but still supported
return true;
end
return nil;
end

if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
return nil;
end

if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

-- limited enumerated parameters list
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates

if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
end -- if here, fall into general validation

state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

-- all enumerated parameters allowed
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end

return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end

--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------

check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code. when these values have the form (without leading colon):
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text

return value as is else

]=]

local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
local _;

if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter)}); -- emit an error message
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
end
return value;
end

--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------

Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.

If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.

]]

local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.

capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter)});
end
end

--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------

look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked

]]

local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
if 'number' == type (param) then
return;
end

param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
end

if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end

--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------

This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.

]]

local function citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local styles;

if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';

else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
end

utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module

z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities

local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text, error_state;

local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
end

local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
end
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end
if error_text ~= '' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end

args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value

elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
end
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end

if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
}, true )});
end

for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
end

return table.concat ({
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
citation0( config, args)
});
end

--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]

return {citation = citation};

Template:Space

2021-09-26T15:44:14Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

Template:Short description

2021-09-26T15:44:14Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

{{#ifeq:{{lc:{{{1|}}}}}|none|<nowiki />|<div class="shortdescription nomobile noexcerpt noprint searchaux" style="display:none">{{{1|}}}{{SHORTDESC:{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}</div>}}<includeonly>[[Category:{{{pagetype|{{pagetype |defaultns = extended |plural=y}}}}} with short description{{#ifeq:{{{pagetype}}}|Disambiguation pages|s}}]]</includeonly>{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{Main other|[[Category:Pages using short description with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Short description]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| 1 | 2 | pagetype | bot |plural }}{{#ifexpr: {{#invoke:String|len|{{{1|}}}}}>100 | [[Category:{{{pagetype|{{pagetype |defaultns = extended |plural=y}}}}} with long short description]]}}{{Main other |{{SDcat |sd={{{1|}}} }} }}

Template:SetTitle

2021-09-26T15:44:14Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

{{#if:{{{1|}}}| {{DISPLAYTITLE:{{{1}}}}} | __NOTITLE__}}

Template:Row numbers

2021-09-26T15:44:14Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

<includeonly>{{#invoke:row numbers|row_numbers|{{{1}}}|index={{{index|}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude>
== Usage ==
<pre>
{{row numbers|<nowiki>
{| class="wikitable"
|+test incrementor
!count !! lorem
|-
|_row_count || A
|-
|_row_count || B
|-
|_row_count || C
|-
| _row_count || D
|-
|_row_count || E
|}</nowiki>}}
</pre>

'''Output:-'''
{{row numbers|<nowiki>
{| class="wikitable"
|+test incrementor
!count !! lorem
|-
|_row_count || A
|-
|_row_count || B
|-
|_row_count || C
|-
| _row_count || D
|-
|_row_count || E
|}</nowiki>}}
</noinclude>

Template:Right

2021-09-26T15:44:14Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

<includeonly>{{{{{|safesubst:}}}#ifeq:{{{1|a}}}|{{{1|b}}}
|<span style="float:right;">{{{1|}}}</span>
|style="text-align:right"{{{{{|safesubst:}}}!}}[[Category:Pages using right with no input arguments]]
}}</includeonly><noinclude>
== Usage ==
<nowiki>{{Right|This should be in right side}}</nowiki>

Output:-
{{Right|This should be in right side}}
</noinclude>

Template:Reflist/styles.css

2021-09-26T15:44:14Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

/* {{pp|small=yes}} */
/* can we remove the font size declarations? .references gets a font-size in
* common.css that is always 90, and there is nothing else in reflist out in
* the wild. May affect column sizes.
*/
.reflist {
font-size: 90%; /* Default font-size */
margin-bottom: 0.5em;
list-style-type: decimal;
}

.reflist .references {
font-size: 100%; /* Reset font-size when nested in div.reflist */
margin-bottom: 0; /* Avoid double margin when nested in div.reflist */
list-style-type: inherit; /* Enable custom list style types */
}

/* columns-2 and columns-3 are legacy for "2 or more" column view from when the
* template was implemented with column-count.
*/
.reflist-columns-2 {
column-width: 30em;
}

.reflist-columns-3 {
column-width: 25em;
}

/* Reset top margin for lists embedded in columns */
.reflist-columns {
margin-top: 0.3em;
}

.reflist-columns ol {
margin-top: 0;
}

/* Avoid elements breaking between columns */
.reflist-columns li {
page-break-inside: avoid; /* Removed from CSS in favor of break-inside c. 2020 */
break-inside: avoid-column;
}

.reflist-upper-alpha {
list-style-type: upper-alpha;
}

.reflist-upper-roman {
list-style-type: upper-roman;
}

.reflist-lower-alpha {
list-style-type: lower-alpha;
}

.reflist-lower-greek {
list-style-type: lower-greek;
}

.reflist-lower-roman {
list-style-type: lower-roman;
}

Template:Reflist

2021-09-26T15:44:14Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

<templatestyles src="Reflist/styles.css" /><div class="reflist {{#if:{{{1|}}}{{{colwidth|}}}|reflist-columns references-column-width}} {{#switch:{{{group|}}}|upper-alpha|upper-roman|lower-alpha|lower-greek|lower-roman=reflist-{{{group}}}}} {{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{#iferror:{{#ifexpr: {{{1|1}}} > 1 }}||{{#switch:{{{1|}}}|1=|2=reflist-columns-2|#default=reflist-columns-3}} }}}}" {{#if:{{{1|}}}{{{colwidth|}}}{{{liststyle|}}}|style="{{#if: {{{1|}}}
| {{#iferror: {{#ifexpr: {{{1|1}}} > 1 }} |column-width: {{{1}}};}}
| {{#if: {{{colwidth|}}}|column-width: {{{colwidth}}};}}
}} {{#if:{{{group|}}}||{{#if:{{{liststyle|}}}|list-style-type: {{{liststyle}}};}}}}"}}>
{{#tag:references|{{{refs|}}}|group={{{group|}}}|responsive={{#if:{{{1|}}}{{{colwidth|}}}|0|1}}}}</div>{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using reflist with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Reflist]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| 1 | colwidth | group | liststyle | refs }}<noinclude>
It is used for footnotes.

<pre>
Lorem ipsum.<ref>Source name, access date, etc.</ref>

Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.<ref>Source name, access date, etc.</ref>

;References
{{Reflist}}
</pre>

'''Output''':

Lorem ipsum.<ref>Source name, access date, etc.</ref>
Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet.<ref>Source name, access date, etc.</ref>

;References
{{Reflist}}
{{Reflist}}

</noinclude>

Template:Portal dynamic image/styles.css

2021-09-26T15:44:13Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

.dynamic-image-portal img{
width:100%;
height:auto;
}

Template:Portal dynamic image

2021-09-26T15:44:13Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

<templatestyles src="Portal dynamic image/styles.css"/><div class="dynamic-image-portal" style="width:{{{width|}}};{{#if:{{{center|}}}|margin:0 auto;|}}{{#if:{{{max-height|}}}|max-height:{{{max-height}}};|}}{{#if:{{{max-width|}}}|max-width:{{{max-width}}};|}}{{#if:{{{float|}}}|float:{{{float}}};|}}">[[File:{{{1}}}|{{{caption| }}}]]</div>

Template:Poem2Open

2021-09-26T15:44:13Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

Template:Poem2Close

2021-09-26T15:44:13Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

</div>

Template:Markup2

2021-09-26T15:44:13Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

{{#if: {{{t|}}}|'''{{{t|}}}'''
*<code>{{{m|}}}</code>
:{{{r|}}}|*<code>{{{m|}}}</code>
:{{{r|}}}}}{{#if: {{{m2|}}}|
*<code>{{{m2|}}}</code>
:{{{r2|}}}}}{{#if: {{{m3|}}}|
*<code>{{{m3|}}}</code>
:{{{r3|}}}}}{{#if: {{{m4|}}}|
*<code>{{{m4|}}}</code>
:{{{r4|}}}}}{{#if: {{{m5|}}}|
*<code>{{{m5|}}}</code>
:{{{r5|}}}}}

Template:Markup

2021-09-26T15:44:13Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

<includeonly>{| style="width:{{{width|auto}}}; margin-top:0;margin-left:{{{margin-left|{{{margin|0}}}}}}; border-width:medium; padding:0; {{{style|}}}"
{{#if:{{{title|}}} |{{!}}+ '''{{{title}}}'''}}
{{#if:{{{noheaders|}}}{{{notitle|}}} |
|! scope="col" style="{{{colheaderstyle|}}}{{{col1headerstyle|}}}"{{!}} {{{col1|{{{t1|Markup}}}}}} {{!!}}scope="col" style="{{{colheaderstyle|}}}{{{col2headerstyle|}}}"{{!}} {{{col2|{{{t2|Renders as}}}}}}
}}{{for loop||call=format item|pc1n=template|pc1v=Markup/row|pc2n=c1style|pc2v={{{col1style|{{{codestyle|{{{markupstyle|}}}}}}}}}|pc3n=c2style|pc3v={{{col2style|{{{outputstyle|}}}}}}|pv=item|{{item|c1={{{1|}}}|c2={{{2|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{3|}}}|c2={{{4|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{5|}}}|c2={{{6|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{7|}}}|c2={{{8|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{9|}}}|c2={{{10|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{11|}}}|c2={{{12|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{13|}}}|c2={{{14|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{15|}}}|c2={{{16|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{17|}}}|c2={{{18|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{19|}}}|c2={{{20|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{21|}}}|c2={{{22|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{23|}}}|c2={{{24|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{25|}}}|c2={{{26|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{27|}}}|c2={{{28|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{29|}}}|c2={{{30|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{31|}}}|c2={{{32|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{33|}}}|c2={{{34|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{35|}}}|c2={{{36|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{37|}}}|c2={{{38|}}}}}|{{item|c1={{{39|}}}|c2={{{40|}}}}}}}
|-
|style="border-width:1px;border-style: none none none;border-color:#ddd; padding:5px; vertical-align:top;"|
|style="border-width:1px;border-style: none none none;border-color:#ddd; padding:5px; vertical-align:top;"|
|}</includeonly>

Template:Legend/styles.css

2021-09-26T15:44:13Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

/* {{pp-template}} */

.legend {
page-break-inside: avoid;
break-inside: avoid-column;
}

.legend-color {
display: inline-block;
min-width: 1.25em;
height: 1.25em;
line-height: 1.25;
margin: 1px 0;
text-align: center;
border: 1px solid black;
background-color: transparent;
color: black;
}

.legend-text {/*empty for now, but part of the design!*/}

Template:Infobox person

2021-09-26T15:44:12Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

<table class="infobox biography vcard">
{{#if:{{{name|}}} | <tr><td colspan='2' class="infobox-heading-name"> {{{name}}}</td></tr> }}
<tr><td colspan='2'> [[{{{cover_image|File:No-Book.svg}}}|{{{cover_size|250px}}}|frameless|center|link={{{title}}}]] </td></tr>
{{#if:{{{caption|}}} | <tr><td colspan='2' class="infobox-heading-caption"> {{{caption}}}</td></tr> }}
{{#if:{{{birth_date|}}} | <tr><th >જન્મતારીખ </td> <td>{{{birth_date|}}}</td></tr> }}
{{#if:{{{birth_place|}}} | <tr><th>જન્મસ્થળ</td> <td>{{{birth_place|}}}</td></tr> }}
{{#if:{{{death|}}} | <tr><th>અવસાન</td> <td>{{{death|}}}</td></tr> }}
{{#if:{{{study|}}} | <tr><th>અભ્યાસ</td> <td>{{{study|}}}</td></tr> }}
{{#if:{{{activity|}}} | <tr><th>પ્રવૃત્તિ</td> <td>{{{activity|}}}</td></tr> }}
{{#if:{{{address|}}} | <tr><th>સરનામું</td> <td>{{{address|}}}</td></tr> }}
{{#if:{{{moreinfo|}}} | <tr><th>વિશેષ નોંધ</td> <td>{{{moreinfo|}}}</td></tr> }}
{{#if:{{{significant_works|}}} | <tr><th>નોંધપાત્ર કૃતિઓ</td> <td>{{{significant_works|}}}</td></tr> }}
{{#if:{{{significant_award|}}} | <tr><th>નોંધપાત્ર એવોર્ડ</td> <td>{{{significant_award|}}}</td></tr> }}
{{#if:{{{signature|}}} | <tr><th>હસ્તાક્ષર</td> <td>{{{signature|}}}</td></tr> }}
</table>

Template:Heading

2021-09-26T15:44:12Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

Template:HeaderNav2

2021-09-26T15:44:12Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

{{Header/main block
| style = border:1px solid green; background-color: #eee;
| previous = {{#if: {{{previous|}}} | [[{{#titleparts:{{FULLPAGENAME}}| -1}}/{{{previous}}}|{{{previous}}}]] | }}
| next = {{#if: {{{next|}}} | [[{{#titleparts:{{FULLPAGENAME}}| -1}}/{{{next}}}|{{{next}}}]] | }}
| title =
}}

Template:HeaderNav

2021-09-26T15:44:12Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

{{Header/main block
| style = border:1px solid green; background-color: #eee;
| previous = {{{previous|}}}
| next = {{{next|}}}
| title =
}}

Template:Header/notes block

2021-09-26T15:44:12Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

<includeonly><div {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id="{{{id}}}"}} class="header_notes searchaux {{{class|}}}" style="display: table; border-collapse: collapse; border-spacing: 0; empty-cells: hide; font-size: 0.9em; line-height:1.4; margin: 0 auto 4px auto; width: 100%; {{{style|}}}" >{{#if:{{{sister|}}}|{{{sister}}}}}{{#if:{{{shortcut|}}}|{{shortcut|{{{shortcut}}}}}}}{{#if:{{{content|}}}|<div class="header_notes_content">
{{{content|}}}
</div>}}</div></includeonly>

Template:Header/main block

2021-09-26T15:44:12Z

Jayprakash12345: 1 revision imported

<div {{#if:{{{id|}}}|id="{{{id}}}" class="header-mainblock {{{class|}}}"style="margin:4px auto 4px auto; padding: 0 3px; display:flex; align-items:center; {{{style}}}">{{#if:{{{previous|}}}{{{next|}}}|<div class="gen_header_backlink searchaux" style="flex-grow:1; display:flex; align-items:center;">{{#if:{{{previous|}}}|<div>←</div><div id="headerprevious">{{{previous}}}</div>| }}
</div>}}<div class="gen_header_title" style="flex-grow:4; text-align:center;">{{{title|}}}</div>{{#if:{{{previous|}}}{{{next|}}}|<div class="gen_header_forelink searchaux" style="flex-grow:1; justify-content: flex-end; display:flex; align-items:center; text-align:right;">{{#if:{{{next|}}}|<div id="headernext">{{{next}}}</div><div>→</div>| }}
</div>}}</div>